s4f5,茶艺师证书怎么考?
茶艺师证含义

茶艺师证又称茶艺师资格证,即茶艺师国家职业资格证书,是表明劳动者具有从事某一职业所必备的学识和技能的证明,是劳动者求职、任职、开业的资格凭证,是用人单位招聘、录用劳动者的主要依据。
新旧茶艺师证
1、发放的机构有所更改:根据2020年的《人力资源社会保障部办公厅关于对水平评价类技能人员职业资格退出目录有关安排进行公示的公告》表示,职业资格证书《茶艺师》已经取消了!而且2020年往后的茶艺师的资格证书却不是由人社局发布证书,而是由第三方机构发布的。
2、职业资格证书《茶艺师》政策:取消了人力资源部门的发放,但不是是作废!已经持有职业资格证书《茶艺师》的人员依旧可以享受国家的优惠政策!
3、2020年之前的茶艺师证书和2021年的区别:可看图一(原来的)图二(现在的)。
图一
图二
考试流程
考试说明
茶艺师的证书分为茶艺师国家资格五级、茶艺师国家资格四级、高级茶艺师国家资格三级、技师茶艺师国家资格二级、高级技师茶艺师国家资格一级。
五级是茶艺师级别最低的级别,主要要求是能熟练、规范地演示不同茶叶的泡法、喝法,同时能向消费者熟练介绍茶叶的基础知识、茶叶的保存方法、茶叶文化历史等知识。
四级茶艺师基本要求是对于茶叶的审评、鉴别技能,还要掌握茶叶店的环境的设计和布置,茶具的搭配、茶艺表演等专来的技能,同时还要懂得一些代表性的茶诗、词、文化等。
三级茶艺师是高级茶艺师了,要求能用使用茶艺英语进行流利的对话,可以准确地鉴别出各类具有代表性的名茶和紫砂茶具的艺术,又能把茶艺进行创意性的表演,具有策划、实施各类茶会的能力,并且可以对低一级的茶艺师进行培训。
二级茶艺师也属于高级茶艺师,二级茶艺师更多的是成为技师,二级茶艺师所具备的职能多样,在三级茶艺师所具备技能上要求具备更高的实践技能。
一级的茶艺师就属于国家级的职业技能人员了,同时一级的茶艺师技能高超,具有丰富的实践经验,能应付在茶艺方面的各种复杂难题。甚至可以开课作为培训导师来对低级的茶艺师们进行茶艺培训。
茶艺师考试安排
报考时间
茶艺师国家资格五级证书的报考时间是每年3月、9月(各地的发放证书的机构不同,所以报考的单位也不同,如果您想更多了解茶艺师资格证的报名可以在浏览器中搜索当地的茶艺培训学校,进入官网后可以咨询官网的客服进行报名。)。
考试时间
考试时间在报名考试截止后的10个工作日内进行考试(由于各地的报名时间不同,可以在自己报名的茶艺培训学校的官网中,查询自己所报名的类别查看考生当地的考试时间)。以往的考试时间如下图。
考试科目
1、理论知识:职业道德、基础知识、礼仪、接待、茶艺准备、茶艺演示、茶事服务、销售、茶艺馆设计要求、茶艺馆布置、茶饮服务、茶叶保健服务、茶艺表演、茶会组织、茶艺编创、茶会创新等。
2、技能操作:礼仪、接待、茶艺准备、茶艺演示、茶事服务、销售、茶艺馆设计要求、茶艺馆布置、茶饮服务、茶叶保健服务、茶艺表演、茶会组织、差异编创、茶会创新等。
分值和合格标准
1、理论知识考试和技能操作考核采用实际操作、现场问答等模式,由考评小组考核,考评员按照技能考核规定,各自分别打分取平均分作为考核所得的分数。(具体的科目考试时间安排以打印的准考证为主)。
2、理论知识考核和技能操作考核都是实行百分制,合格分数为60分。茶艺师各等级理论知识考试时间限定在120分钟以内,技能操作考核时间限定在50分钟以内。(具体的科目考试时间安排以打印的准考证为主)。
证书领取
茶艺师国家资格五级证书一般在考后3个月左右开始陆续发放,各地区证书领取时间有所差异,有些快有些慢,具体领证时间以当地报名的职业技能学校发布的通知为准。
补贴
职业技能培训补贴(苏州为例):初级茶艺师1200元,中级1700元,高级2200元。
以下分别是各级考试的报名条件
茶艺师国家资格五级
报考条件
1、年满18周岁;
2、经本职业初级正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。
3、在本职业连续见习工作2年以上。
4、遵纪守法、服从企业管理作为烹饪专业的学生,要熟悉行业的各种法律法规,用法律来约束自己的言行举止;在校期间要服从学校老师的管理,进去企业之后,要服从企业的管理。
5、爱岗敬业,团队合作精神从业人员爱岗敬业是一切职业道德较基础的要求,烹饪专业学生在茶艺课程学习中,加深了对中国传统文化的认识,感受服务带来的快乐。
茶艺师国家资格四级
报考条件
1、取得本职业初级资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作3年以上,经本职业中级正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。
2、取得本职业初级资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作5年以上。
3、取得经劳动保障行政部门审核认定的,以中级技能为培养目标的中等以上职业学校本职业(专业)毕业证书。
茶艺师国家资格三级
报考条件
1、取得本职业中级资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作3年以上,经本职业高级正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。
2、取得本职业中级职业资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作7年以上。
3、取得高级技工学校或经劳动保障行政部门审核的,以高级技能为培养目标的高等职业学校本职业(专业)毕业证书。
4、取得本职业中级职业资格证书的大专以上本专业或相关专业毕业生,连续从事本职业工作2年以上。
茶艺师国家资格二级(技师茶艺师)
报考条件
1、取得本职业高级资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作5年以上,经本职业技师正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。
2、取得本职业高级职业资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作7年以上。
3、高级技工学校本专业毕业生,连续从事本职业工作满3年。
茶艺师国家资格一级(高级技师茶艺师)
报考条件
1、取得本职业技师资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作4年以上,经本职业高级技师正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。
2、取得本职业技师职业资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作5年以上。
如何备考
茶艺师需要从初级开始,逐级向上考。
茶艺师是具有茶叶专业知识和专业泡茶技能的专职技术人员。国家职业资格证书将茶艺师分为五个等级,分别是初级、中级、高级、技师、高级技师。如果想要获得更高级别的证书,就只能通过一级一级的考试来进行证书升级。
茶艺师笔试
笔试中的题就是茶文化的基本知识、茶叶知识、茶具知识以及品茶时的用水知识,这些笔试中的内容可以在培训机构进行报名完成课程学习,并通过做题来加深备考人员对这些题的记忆,可以通过在网上报名培训班的途径来进行学习茶艺。
备考第一阶段:以学习理论知识为主,可以观看精讲课程,课程内容以理解为主,把握重要考点。
备考第二阶段:强化重点知识,通过做题了解考点以及考查形式,结合强化冲刺视频,学完 一章做一章节的题目,做错的题需要返回课本中找到出处,强化做错的知识点,题一般重复做 3-5 次,直至完全掌握为止。
备考第三阶段:大量做题强化阶段。考前10天开始第三阶段学习,学习以刷题为主,可做模拟试卷,可以自己计时模拟考试,全部做完题目之后再去看答案。刷题过程中注意总结做 题技巧,考前1周回归到教材,查漏补缺。
(培训机构官网需要个人在浏览器中查询当地的茶艺培训学校,完成学校的报名后,根据学校的安排参加课程培训,然后根据自己的掌握程度来进行备考。)
茶艺师技能操作
技能操作中有鉴别茶叶品质;根据茶叶品质,选择相适的水质、水量、水温和冲泡器具,选配茶点;根据茶艺要求,选配音乐、服装,插花、熏香等;展示、解说茶水冲泡流程和技巧;介绍名茶、名泉及饮茶知识、茶叶保管方法等。这些泡茶流程和礼仪方面可以在专业的茶艺培训学校进行学习。
技能操作注意事项:
1.开始考试前,要做好净手、器具摆放等准备工作,当然根据各地区考场要求不同,会有其他注意的细节。
2.器具的摆放,没有硬性规定,但是摆放的位置要按照自己顺手为优先考虑,一般情况下,各个培训学校会要求统一,给考官一个整齐的印象。
(培训机构官网需要个人在浏览器中查询当地的茶艺培训学校,完成报名后参加课程培训即可。)
报名流程
使用浏览器,搜索栏中输入自己所报名的茶艺培训学校官网,找到并进入在线报名系统,点击红框圈选位置,进入报名入口。(各地的培训学校报名系统不同,所以在报名时可以询问学校的指导老师完成报名,确保自己报名成功。)
并在报名入口时填入个人信息提交完成个人报名。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师证含义","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOOciuiWA8sAiwprbfEBjtb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师证又称茶艺师资格证,即茶艺师国家职业资格证书,是表明劳动者具有从事某一职业所必备的学识和技能的证明,是劳动者求职、任职、开业的资格凭证,是用人单位招聘、录用劳动者的主要依据。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQOY8mCgS6cwKJGGODzvTJJ"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"新旧茶艺师证","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneSaQAyWckgWqov3T3CKnkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"1、发放的机构有所更改:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"根据2020年的《人力资源社会保障部办公厅关于对水平评价类技能人员职业资格退出目录有关安排进行公示的公告》表示,职业资格证书《","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"》已经取消了!而且2020年往后的茶艺师的资格证书却不是由人社局发布证书,而是由第三方机构发布的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkK8Gu8E26qw4aKCTCXjC8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"2、职业资格证书《","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"茶艺师","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"》政策:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"取消了人力资源部门的发放,但不是是作废!已经持有职业资格证书《茶艺师》的人员依旧可以享受国家的优惠政策!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncygkCOaAwaG2MfzvOPkpff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"3、2020年之前的茶艺师证书和2021年的区别:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"可看图一(原来的)图二(现在的)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKKCSKwiGUsQMQnJXoELTlb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":509,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"新旧茶艺师证","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/de0bbf3713eb45bc8a8a1ac35f085f56","width":764},"text":"","id":"doxcnswQCAo6qUUESiMXjwejMQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图一","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwWYUeMm0c4KS0AC7CqSmFe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":696,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"新旧茶艺师证","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/10ba76fafcc94b1db217c23b1e97e1fc","width":1044},"text":"","id":"doxcnoaUaiwCWSACKW4ADPwNLId"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"图二","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUsUmsi8KEKui4ZBcHMMwZf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试流程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM68GYagMIgigA33Jf12cBe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试说明","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG048YKcsUOKcOUZLNOxm5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师的证书分为茶艺师国家资格五级、茶艺师国家资格四级、高级茶艺师国家资格三级、技师茶艺师国家资格二级、高级技师茶艺师国家资格","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"一级","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuCuyEws4WQW4quIku4bCWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五级是茶艺师级别最低的级别,主要要求是能熟练、规范地演示不同茶叶的泡法、喝法,同时能向消费者熟练介绍茶叶的基础知识、茶叶的保存方法、茶叶文化历史等知识。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2eA4sUAKous8iIZ6YiKLYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"四级茶艺师基本要求是对于茶叶的审评、鉴别技能,还要掌握茶叶店的环境的设计和布置,茶具的搭配、茶艺表演等专来的技能,同时还要懂得一些代表性的茶诗、词、文化等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOcAEq4CUIEWAElv2MvaKic"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三级茶艺师是高级茶艺师了,要求能用使用茶艺英语进行流利的对话,可以准确地鉴别出各类具有代表性的名茶和紫砂茶具的艺术,又能把茶艺进行创意性的表演,具有策划、实施各类茶会的能力,并且可以对低一级的茶艺师进行培训。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncqussuSqIoaAsb7MePAStc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"二级茶艺师也属于高级茶艺师,二级茶艺师更多的是成为技师,二级茶艺师所具备的职能多样,在三级茶艺师所具备技能上要求具备更高的实践技能。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQWaM6OU8MWcELBCa1HW9CW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一级的茶艺师就属于国家级的职业技能人员了,同时一级的茶艺师技能高超,具有丰富的实践经验,能应付在茶艺方面的各种复杂难题。甚至可以开课作为培训导师来对低级的茶艺师们进行茶艺培训。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuEMQsGeG6IKOimOCGpTHLh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师考试安排","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYu0SSYeOKUkSigzgCdHD7g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考时间","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYQmqGeeko6oWULb6E56hDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格五级证书的报考时间是每年3月、9月","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"(各地的发放证书的机构不同,所以报考的单位也不同,如果您想更多了解茶艺师资格证的报名可以在浏览器中搜索当地的茶艺培训学校,进入官网后可以咨询官网的客服进行报名。)","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmeaeY6GO0gEcQCWGrXGVRM"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试时间","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsEW0uegACQCmuapgk6rKGf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试时间在报名考试截止后的10个工作日内进行考试(由于各地的报名时间不同,可以在自己报名的茶艺培训学校的官网中,查询自己所报名的类别查看考生当地的考试时间)。以往的考试时间如下图。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmQImUUo2IUII8JxSI8dcOt"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"考试科目","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnA0yKscYwg2yiszZ1mIeevb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"理论知识:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"职业道德、基础知识、礼仪、接待、茶艺准备、茶艺演示、茶事服务、销售、茶艺馆设计要求、茶艺馆布置、茶饮服务、茶叶保健服务、茶艺表演、茶会组织、茶艺编创、茶会创新等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkogOAas2Cs2Y2ZWwCZNRth"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、","id":""},{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"技能操作:","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"礼仪、接待、茶艺准备、茶艺演示、茶事服务、销售、茶艺馆设计要求、茶艺馆布置、茶饮服务、茶叶保健服务、茶艺表演、茶会组织、差异编创、茶会创新等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM6kcC2MkUuk8dgsOT2kjrD"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"分值和合格标准","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWqOCqCeMCAgsy9pgk9Gk1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"、理论知识考试和技能操作考核采用实际操作、现场问答等模式,由考评小组考核,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"考评员按照技能考核规定,各自分别打分取平均分作为考核所得的分数。(具体的科目考试时间安排以打印的准考证为主)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCsY4W6iUy0u82JWzP2JAcU"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、理论知识考核和技能操作考核都是实行百分制,合格分数为60分。茶艺师各等级理论知识考试时间限定在120分钟以内,技能操作考核时间限定在50分钟以内。(具体的科目考试时间安排以打印的准考证为主)。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngkAYWS4qGOiYaZmurwZiob"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":449,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"分值和合格标准","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f5aede0b964f4dcbb2f29e8eafa5d5e6","width":673},"text":"","id":"doxcnE8eUKauy4M4I4TBDFZHo93"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":413,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"分值和合格标准","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/70793c7255814e0e9ea3f7bafbe78238","width":742},"text":"","id":"doxcni2uMoKWIKYEYqCWFgEkvvg"}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaI808iScyC04GIbekqTBCh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"证书领取","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaI808iScyC04GIbekqTBCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格五级证书一般在考后3个月左右开始陆续发放,各地区证书领取时间有所差异,有些快有些慢,具体领证时间以当地报名的职业技能学校发布的通知为准。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqYkweWOMQyq0amuglVuV1e"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"补贴","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmAQqymsoCIy6iYlw47WqDg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"职业技能培训补贴(苏州为例):初级茶艺师1200元,中级1700元,高级2200元。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEQ0cm6Ycq08iKekuYpnXyh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以下分别是各级考试的报名条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkuC06I2Ss4UskZjf188EAf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格五级","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyQsIoIYEue2OOSzI3ulUj6"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":494,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格五级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/fd3b8ff9c8084125b07af71ba5ba1944","width":740},"text":"","id":"doxcngWkOy8QOiE0EknqEJiBBJf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6U8qQ4we8MgQVi1Gl11xbW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、年满18周岁;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsMOM8kcKgQGqi0QmgaPDHc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、经本职业初级正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnK4QyA2EmUwiKioBjmecoth"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、在本职业连续见习工作2年以上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcncw2eQcYuCG6kSQALDKjvdd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、遵纪守法、服从企业管理作为烹饪专业的学生,要熟悉行业的各种法律法规,用法律来约束自己的言行举止;在校期间要服从学校老师的管理,进去企业之后,要服从企业的管理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOmmW2GCK6iouiyGwUQodWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、爱岗敬业,团队合作精神从业人员爱岗敬业是一切职业道德较基础的要求,烹饪专业学生在茶艺课程学习中,加深了对中国传统文化的认识,感受服务带来的快乐。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKAQ8eQIUuq8kA7159FT6ph"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格四级","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIcoa42ycuyys0iTib23Frf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":696,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格四级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8c43ebeca900453d89a8f657d835d466","width":1044},"text":"","id":"doxcnUc62wEow6UKycxSXhFfazb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYyac4UcC4Myg21fcfs7RYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、取得本职业初级资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作3年以上,经本职业中级正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcne0oQ4mSokkAMuS5ajet86e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、取得本职业初级资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作5年以上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnuUa8QaQ2Uqg4WymASst4th"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、取得经劳动保障行政部门审核认定的,以中级技能为培养目标的中等以上职业学校本职业(专业)毕业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnI0ymkmuQUUqyWGgpO8eUkg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格三级","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMyiyec6WaiSG429yveZKdf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":619,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格三级","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/42093a93fd6141cc8166072d722c4a43","width":928},"text":"","id":"doxcnOU24awUyu0YQEjEEyHsHKc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOCUYEUG4makwiIzxIL4sxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、取得本职业中级资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作3年以上,经本职业高级正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8qyKUqo0Yiu6eKFfzRUQGg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、取得本职业中级职业资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作7年以上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsakwKykCcCsSMNczw3ql3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、取得高级技工学校或经劳动保障行政部门审核的,以高级技能为培养目标的高等职业学校本职业(专业)毕业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWca8O0uGm02OO6DPNevwhg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、取得本职业中级职业资格证书的大专以上本专业或相关专业毕业生,连续从事本职业工作2年以上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkyK4SGcwOKOWfs0Tfo85EM"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格二级(技师茶艺师)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwauwUAKAS8eW7xBQPSo7Ox"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":346,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格二级(技师茶艺师)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2f3263aca11c46e68dbdf77f4a28f553","width":519},"text":"","id":"doxcnemwwo2YMkiQQqMLHM2RxCf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOGSq2iM4IsYyoFMzr7guue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、取得本职业高级资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作5年以上,经本职业技师正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWOy4s6E6MI4w4foZkimyUg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、取得本职业高级职业资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作7年以上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoGyK0QWOEA6ASSHzIk9gSg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、高级技工学校本专业毕业生,连续从事本职业工作满3年。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmyi06yE4UokS4nFnZnsjeb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格一级(高级技师茶艺师)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnESWA2qwsKIyM2zjDbfEsSc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":634,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师国家资格一级(高级技师茶艺师)","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ebbe6880fb8540a0923038f1da875a94","width":929},"text":"","id":"doxcnEUEyG6KwgYgkkxjhAig2Ee"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报考条件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwiouEQmwAyggEZ3g0gB6Sb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、取得本职业技师资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作4年以上,经本职业高级技师正规培训达规定标准学时数,并取得毕(结)业证书。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmsa2I6E28IkWnGFykXPZr3"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、取得本职业技师职业资格证书后,连续从事本职业工作5年以上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneieUGmICO4wUu2KIZ9HE7b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"如何备考","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8gYICS4YAkYIMJeY5MhpCg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师需要从初级开始,逐级向上考。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCia8qUm2iMseSsaDupdTld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师是具有茶叶专业知识和专业泡茶技能的专职技术人员。国家职业资格证书将茶艺师分为五个等级,分别是初级、中级、高级、技师、高级技师。如果想要获得更高级别的证书,就只能通过一级一级的考试来进行证书升级。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqC8WUmIaEqySRebehNgQAM"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师笔试","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng2iOog0aCCCGoxMTINglmb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔试中的题就是茶文化的基本知识、茶叶知识、茶具知识以及品茶时的用水知识,这些笔试中的内容可以在培训机构进行报名完成课程学习,并通过做题来加深备考人员对这些题的记忆,可以通过在网上报名培训班的途径来进行学习茶艺。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnowQIEQmYACoUstL7L2KPLc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"备考第一阶段:以学习理论知识为主,可以观看精讲课程,课程内容以理解为主,把握重要考点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnyYaa6u6yEEgmSqpUTnZEUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"备考第二阶段:强化重点知识,通过做题了解考点以及考查形式,结合强化冲刺视频,学完 一章做一章节的题目,做错的题需要返回课本中找到出处,强化做错的知识点,题一般重复做 3-5 次,直至完全掌握为止。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4ICcSUmwsy0iGo9ci72Rkf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"备考第三阶段:大量做题强化阶段。考前10天开始第三阶段学习,学习以刷题为主,可做模拟试卷,可以自己计时模拟考试,全部做完题目之后再去看答案。刷题过程中注意总结做 题技巧,考前1周回归到教材,查漏补缺。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOUQoCGUMYYAImcuxjE3TAc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(培训机构官网需要个人在浏览器中查询当地的茶艺培训学校,完成学校的报名后,根据学校的安排参加课程培训,然后根据自己的掌握程度来进行备考。)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUGsagS2GK8aiuyDGVaRL5c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"茶艺师技能操作","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqC2uYm4wC2w8Jw8pBAj1Cg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"技能操作中有鉴别茶叶品质;根据茶叶品质,选择相适的水质、水量、水温和冲泡器具,选配茶点;根据茶艺要求,选配音乐、服装,插花、熏香等;展示、解说茶水冲泡流程和技巧;介绍名茶、名泉及饮茶知识、茶叶保管方法等。这些泡茶流程和礼仪方面可以在专业的茶艺培训学校进行学习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGQ2ko4K0gSYUIlbtmgxZHc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"技能操作注意事项:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUes4cQkoKIEEegE2jpOQPd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.开始考试前,要做好净手、器具摆放等准备工作,当然根据各地区考场要求不同,会有其他注意的细节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn044SKkk8SKCKUpHE9Tf71b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.器具的摆放,没有硬性规定,但是摆放的位置要按照自己顺手为优先考虑,一般情况下,各个培训学校会要求统一,给考官一个整齐的印象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOyU008ASKioOmE6q6CpCNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"(培训机构官网需要个人在浏览器中查询当地的茶艺培训学校,完成报名后参加课程培训即可。)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneq4QAi6QMAkghouX8hmev3"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"报名流程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6YyWOIMc44uuAfIkwNHSId"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"使用浏览器,搜索栏中输入自己所报名的茶艺培训学校官网,找到并进入在线报名系统,点击红框圈选位置,进入报名入口。(各地的培训学校报名系统不同,所以在报名时可以询问学校的指导老师完成报名,确保自己报名成功。)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCmGMUKoUOg6CMxediNeLxf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"并在报名入口时填入个人信息提交完成个人报名。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAyacGC2Q0ykCEtuhUVKSKd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":644,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"报名流程","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/32cc13f746404f6f9646b4a4a7b1a438","width":1000},"text":"","id":"doxcnCgQ88GUa0okeYP23IBB5Bf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKwWK0eMeY6wSwFYS3fSqMg"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E一岁半宝宝如何早教?
婴幼儿时期是生命发展的基础阶段与关键期,因此早教可以为婴幼儿的身体、大脑、智力、个性、人格、精神、心灵等方面的发展打下根基。
早教基本信息
背景介绍
早教班适合0到6岁的孩子,因为这个年龄段的孩子是开发各种潜力的最佳时机,比如沟通能力、专注度、想象力、学习能力、人际交往能力等等;正确、科学的早期教育可以为孩子多元化的大脑发育和健康人格的培养打下良好的基础。一般来说,上早教越早越好,出生后42天就可以参加早教,但是一岁以内的宝宝理解不够,需要和父母一起学习,也就是亲子早教班。一岁半以上的孩子,可以根据自身的发展水平选择是否需要家长陪同。不同阶段的孩子有不同适合的早教课程。
上早教的好处
开发潜能
宝宝在家长和老师的陪同下多参加一些早教活动,对开掘宝宝的内在是有帮助的。
比如语言智能、肢体智能、音乐智能、逻辑智能等。
每个孩子都有独特的性格和特点,有的比较活泼能适应环境变化,有的相对内敛比较小心谨慎。
通过一些活动或游戏来帮助家长关注孩子的反应,既锻炼了孩子的能力也能让父母发现孩子的天性,从而在宝宝的成长中帮助宝宝发展,适应新的变化。
塑造性格
早教另一个大的益处就是能培养宝宝开朗外向的性格,让宝宝走出小家庭,来到一个大家庭。
人际交流机会增多,可以增强宝宝的交往沟通能力,使得他们变得更加活泼、有信心,也更喜欢与他人交往。
对于一些内向的孩子帮助效果尤其明显,无论是以后进入幼儿园还是长大后自信心的建立,都有很多的益处。
增加情感
在亲子互动的过程中,父母作为大朋友领导和配合着孩子的行为。
比如父母和孩子一起进行亲子阅读,一起阅读故事书,可以建立亲子关系。
还可以一起配合来进行角色扮演,这样也会增加孩子的自信心,角色扮演之后孩子会对整个故事记忆深刻,丰富了孩子的知识,寓教于乐。
如何挑选机构
家长在选择早教机构时,一定要多花时间,考虑距离、环境、师资和服务。直接的办法就是带宝宝去试听体验课。
硬件、环境
一般早教环境设施都比较“高大上”,通常会有家长豪华休息室、咖啡机、电脑、娱乐区等等,但是孩子,尤其是婴幼儿,到底需要一个什么样的环境呢?
比如是否有相对独立、安静、宽松的教室,是否有适宜的室内灯光和温度,是否配置相应教学设备和安全消防设施,视觉设计是否有童趣等等以及是否具备无毒可靠、数量充足、性能优越的一些特殊培训课程所需的教学(含实训)设施等。
课程体系特色
许多人认为早教班就只是在玩游戏,要知道这些游戏的设置是根据宝宝的年龄阶段和生长发育特定的,不仅仅是在玩,还在玩的过程中培养宝宝的技能,如何玩的更加有效和巧妙,引导宝宝健康成长。早教的课程一般有肢体训练、感官、数学、艺术和音乐等这些内容。不同的早教机构教学理念不同,因此课程设计上也略有不同。
比如,早教中心的教材采用其他机构或市场销售的专家书籍,从一个侧面反映了该机构的研发能力和教学潜力如何,这样的机构的课程缺乏更新能力和市场追踪能力,不是上佳选择。
宝宝每个年龄段的能力发展是不同的,因此各阶段早教课程的侧重点也会有所不同。
0-2.5岁的宝宝
重点培养感知运动、音乐表达、社交等能力,也会培养宝宝手部精细动作、语言表达能力、注意力等能力。
2.5-3岁的宝宝
课程会侧重在宝宝情绪调试、习惯规则的遵守的能力,针对入园适应的相关问题,着重培养精细动作、语言表达、情绪调试、习惯规则等。
3-6岁的宝宝
课程会针对科学认知、语言发展和人际交往,着重培养学习能力、语言能力、社会交往、行为习惯等能力发展,为幼升小做准备。
因此,家长在选择早教中心的时候要考察课程设置是否科学分龄,每个阶段的课程侧重点应遵循儿童的能力发展有所不同。
师资力量
师资水平是选择早教中心时,学校软实力中最重要的衡量标准之一。
首先,教师应具备相应的从教资质。要看老师有没有进行过专业的培训,是如何培训获得资质的。
其次,教师应具备相应的知识储备。这不仅指教师应熟练掌握所教学科的知识内容,还包括会运用恰当的教育教学方法引导孩子如何去学习。所以一定要与老师多沟通交流,看老师的言谈举止、专业知识、课堂组织呈现能力等全面素质。
再次,教师应该具备高度的责任心,遵循“有教无类”的原则,善于鼓励学生,发现他们各自的优点。建议家长可以与老师多沟通自己宝宝的发展情况,咨询一些育儿问题等,从而进行全面了解。家长在和老师接触时,只要提几个专业的问题或就自己孩子目前发展的特点进行交流,就会检验出老师的水平。
孩子兴趣
对孩子的早期教育一定要遵循适当的发展规律,不能根据大人的主观意愿来决定孩子应该学习哪些课程,这都是不正确的,而且还会起到相反的作用。总之,无论何时都要以孩子的感受和喜好为主。
在选择早教机构时,要做好孩子的思想准备,很多时候,孩子都是对硬性的学习非常的抵触的,一旦没有做好铺垫,很可能就让孩子有了抵触的心理,产生了厌学情绪的话就更不好了。
家长们也要注意,一节体验课孩子表现的好坏,不足以证明这家机构对孩子的长远发展是好或者坏,只能说明孩子对新环境的适应能力是好或者坏。
办学资质
选择早教中心,千万不要被琳琅满目的广告给看花了眼睛,现今品牌效应、宣传轰炸充斥的当下环境,早教产品的广告数不胜数,家长在选择的时候一定要擦亮眼睛。
要看机构的工商、税务营业执照是否完善,是否有政府相关部门出具的培训资质,机构名称和办学实体是否相符。
比如:有些培训机构虽然称呼为XX学校、XX学院,名字很大气,但实际却不是那么回事,学院类名称是国家规定有学历教育的机构使用的,无学历教育者一般不具备资格,所以别被名字误导了!
距离
距离是一个很大的因素,因为太远的距离反而会因为路上耽误时间多久,有损身体健康,引起孩子的方案,同时也加重了家长负担。
另外,早教中心是否有合格的办学许可证?早教中心建立的年数与口碑如何?是否出现过加盟商停业跑路的情况?这些综合要素都需要家长慎重把控。
收费合理
在了解学校环境、设备、师资、教学理念等情况的基础上,学校收费也是家长需要考虑的重要因素。
家长应仔细查看学校的收费项目、收费标准,了解收费是否经过备案、是否进行了公示、是否能开具有效票据等。在家庭经济承受范围之内,尽可能提供给孩子最优质的教育服务。
早教方法
上早教课只是早教的一部分,更重要的是家长的陪伴。一岁半的宝宝,最好的教育方法是和他玩,做亲子游戏。在玩耍的过程中对宝宝进行语言教育,既让宝宝感觉到快乐,同时效果又较好。
模仿训练
早教课程:有趣的表情
课程目的:激发孩子的观察力,掌握模仿的本能
具体步骤:
1、和孩子面对面坐好,对孩子做微笑的表情,同时对孩子说:“嘴角上翘是微笑,宝宝笑一个。”然后观察孩子的反应。
2、准备一些有关微笑的图片,让孩子看一看,并告诉他:“瞧,大家都在笑,宝宝也笑一笑。”
3、用同样的方法教孩子认识其他表情,如淘气吐舌头、开心地大笑、难过地哭泣、生气等。
4、拿一面镜子,和孩子一起坐在镜子前,对着镜子做表情,然后让孩子模仿。
这样的早教课堂,爸爸妈妈可以经常的陪孩子来做,可以激发孩子的模仿兴趣,并训练孩子面部肌肉。
训练动作能力
1、学穿鞋袜
穿袜子:将袜口叠到袜跟、提住袜跟将脚伸进袜子至袜尖,足跟贴住袜跟,再将袜口提上来。这种穿法能使足跟与袜跟相符,穿得舒服。
然后开始学穿鞋:大脚趾最长,在脚的里侧,把两只鞋尖的一侧对放在一起,让宝宝认出哪一只鞋应穿左脚、哪一只应穿右脚。反复练习后,宝宝就能熟练地自己穿上鞋袜。
进一步练习宝宝的自理能力,使他产生自信,知道区别左右脚。
2、倒水入瓶
找两个酸奶瓶,让宝宝把其中一个装满水然后倒入另一个瓶内,尽量不让水漏出。熟练之后,再让宝宝将小碗中的水倒入瓶内而不泼洒。
通过这个游戏,可锻炼宝宝的手眼协调能力,做精细的操作。
3、变高和变矮
爸爸说“变高”,同宝宝一起踮起脚尖,伸直身体,举起双手,人变高了许多。爸爸再喊“变矮”,蹲下双脚,弯腰低头,双手抱住膝盖,身体变成一个球状。由快到慢,或由宝宝喊口令,爸爸和宝宝一起表演,或由宝宝单独表演。
练习伸展和屈曲身体,使关节和韧带得到锻炼,全身肌肉活动协调。这种身体活动的游戏最好穿插在一些静态的游戏中间,使宝宝动静结合,有利于健康。
训练言语能力
幼儿在1岁半后,言语发展会突飞猛进,他们不仅重复成人说的言语,而且想要自己说出周围东西的名称。
语言来源于生活,家长应常带小儿到户外、公园去玩,鼓励他与人交往,并引导小儿仔细观察遇到的事物,告诉小儿他遇到事物的名称和特点。
回家后,要他回忆在外面接触的人,看到的东西,并尽量帮他用较完整的话叙述出来。这样,不但丰富了他的语言词汇,而且巩固了记忆,增长了知识。
推荐游戏:猜声音
先把宝宝熟悉的人或物的声音一一录下来,如爸爸、妈妈或其他亲人的讲话声,汽车的喇叭声,狗的叫声等。
游戏开始时,按动录音机,逐一播放给宝宝听。然后让宝宝说出听到的是什么声音。不要选择太相像的两种声音,以免宝宝答错后有挫败感。如果宝宝答对了,记得要称赞宝宝。
颜色辨别
一岁半的宝宝对颜色异常敏感,在玩耍的时候,可以加入一些颜色鲜艳的数字和字母,都能够有效增强宝宝的兴趣和印象。帮助宝宝认识颜色的几个游戏:
游戏一:找找什么是红颜色的
这种游戏在任何环境中都可以玩,让孩子找红色的东西,找到了,就让他在手中摆弄一会儿,并说出名称。说对了,就赞扬他:说错了,要给他指出和说出来,这是“红皮球”,但别指责他笨。教孩子认识其他颜色也可用这种方法。
游戏二:取食物
妈妈买回很多菜、水果,可以有意识地让孩子帮忙从篮中取出,说出它的名称和颜色,同时可以告诉他这些东西吃了对健康的好处,这样不仅教会了孩子认识颜色,也增进了他对蔬菜、水果的好感。
游戏三:搭配颜色
取10~ 20只胶卷轴,外面裹贴一圈白纸。白纸上涂上各种颜色,每种颜色涂两只,组成两组不同颜色的胶卷轴。
两组胶卷轴分别放在两个房间里,先让孩子辨认一组的颜色,之后妈妈指定一种颜色,让孩子到另一个房间里,把相同颜色的胶卷轴取来,一只一只地取,直到取完配好为止。
在开始阶段,颜色可以少一些,甚至只有红、黄、蓝三种,待孩子熟悉后,逐渐增加颜色种类。
训练观察能力
训练上下、里外、前后方位意识:如游戏时说:"球在椅子上、椅子下"、"球在箱子里、在箱子外面"等等。
辨别多少:如分糖果给家人,看看分的是否一样多,放桌上比比看谁多谁少。
早教注意事项
充分的睡眠
充足的睡眠是宝宝健康成长的必要条件,如果宝宝睡眠状况不好的话,会造成宝宝食欲不振,从而影响到脑部的发育,影响到智力。
一岁半儿童一天累计睡眠时间在14小时左右,白天2小时夜间12小时。当然也存在个体差异。 一岁半儿童睡眠时间不要超过16小时,但也不能短于9小时,因为充足睡眠,能保证儿童正常生理发育。
注意饮食
一岁半儿童的饮食要注意合理膳食,多食蔬菜、水果、蛋、肉、鱼,少食高脂肪、高糖、高胆固醇的食物。 对于一岁半的儿童,可以和大人一样,每天给他按时吃三餐,上午和下午各补充一次点心或水果。三餐以厚粥和软饭为主,要多吃蔬菜。菜和鱼肉、虾肉要剁碎,拌在饭里给孩子吃,最好经常换花样,这样孩子才爱吃。
如果儿童喜欢,可以让他坐得和大人一样高,给儿童一个碗,一个勺,让他在接受喂饭的同时可以自己也吃,千万别怕他会弄得到处都是。这个时候可以让儿童学着自己吃饭,如果他成功地把饭送到嘴里,他会很高兴的,这会激起他自己动手的更大欲望。
千万不要追着连哄带骗地给儿童喂饭,其实如果儿童不想吃,父母可以把食物拿开,而不是逼着他吃。过量的食物很可能让儿童没有胃口,父母逼着他吃会让儿童慢慢讨厌食物的,也可以把食物做成小份的,一份吃完后再给一份,这样不会让儿童看见一大碗增加了儿童吃饭的压力。
心态平和
各位爸爸妈妈可以在平时的日常生活中对宝宝进行教育,父母在早教的过程中要放松心态,千万别操之过急。家长们在给宝宝早教时一定要注意,不要把目标定得太高或者有盼望宝宝成为“神童”的心理。
有些父母不顾婴幼儿心理发展的特点,硬性地给孩子规定学习任务,让婴幼儿像学生那样坐下来学习,剥夺了他们玩耍的时间,这对孩子的身心健康很不利。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"婴幼儿时期是生命发展的基础阶段与关键期,因此早教可以为婴幼儿的身体、大脑、智力、个性、人格、精神、心灵","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"等方面的发展","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"打下根基。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnIqWsUEKY4qmOIpPBCE6Jwh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"早教基本信息","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqIQCE8okGIUYt7FTZjDoha"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"背景介绍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCiW0GaGi2kEi44QD0YWy6e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"早教班适合0到6岁的孩子,因为这个年龄段的孩子是开发各种潜力的最佳时机,比如沟通能力、专注度、想象力、学习能力、人际交往能力等等;正确、科学的早期教育可以为孩子多元化的大脑发育和健康人格的培养打下良好的基础。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"一般来说,上早教越早越好,出生后42天就可以参加早教,但是一岁以内的宝宝理解不够,需要和父母一起学习,也就是亲子早教班。一岁半以上的孩子,可以根据自身的发展水平选择是否需要家长陪同。","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"不同阶段的孩子有不同适合的早教课程。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnock2iw0Y4OUgE3IVmxiMZd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"背景介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a5dd2f50cc75415583e113358fa11f06","width":650},"text":"","id":"doxcnWOuOackOMOwAW8eHzPWhBf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"上早教的好处","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaa24GMEQUMo0gJEYZSZnmf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"开发潜能","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWOOOG2QyS6gCyWOhBEd6Vd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宝宝在家长和老师的陪同下多参加一些早教活动,对开掘宝宝的内在是有帮助的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneUgMg6scIiaugL1yQZywgg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如语言智能、肢体智能、音乐智能、逻辑智能等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmQYQAmOEq6KuqdIJ7L1V0p"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"每个孩子都有独特的性格和特点,有的比较活泼能适应环境变化,有的相对内敛比较小心谨慎。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqAYO2sOS4a2gmuWMdivcNc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过一些活动或游戏来帮助家长关注孩子的反应,既锻炼了孩子的能力也能让父母发现孩子的天性,从而在宝宝的成长中帮助宝宝发展,适应新的变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4YWkkwo6SEeKrfdG87e9A0"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"塑造性格","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKWW4CSguCWAGuSvSgiKEzc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"早教另一个大的益处就是能培养宝宝开朗外向的性格,让宝宝走出小家庭,来到一个大家庭。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneQmOIqCSIKMygBxQ7EkzCc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"人际交流机会增多,可以增强宝宝的交往沟通能力,使得他们变得更加活泼、有信心,也更喜欢与他人交往。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnosKO00m8QQ8KMhKpu1nhjd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对于一些内向的孩子帮助效果尤其明显,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"无论是以后进入幼儿园还是长大后自信心的建立,都有很多的益处","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcna8oOym8SIeIW4NvkndVz1g"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"增加情感","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQYeu2KqA4E6ao9TLosSqWd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在亲子互动的过程中,父母作为大朋友领导和配合着孩子的行为。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnskMIAYuIK4moeSBGzuHxwe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如父母和孩子一起进行亲子阅读,一起阅读故事书,可以建立亲子关系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnsMgaEkUMCyKWKMUN4kw1re"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"还可以一起配合来进行角色扮演,这样也会增加孩子的自信心,角色扮演之后孩子会对整个故事记忆深刻,丰富了孩子的知识,寓教于乐。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCcCkUWiGoQaYoHH0LCCRzg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":2333,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"增加情感","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/921c4a3019664f34be74f87656ef395a","width":3500},"text":"","id":"doxcnm8UU2I2IUWoQg1LyMpyDXg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"如何挑选机构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2USAeeOs08K8OY9XPTzaaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"家长在选择早教机构时,一定要多花时间,考虑距离、环境、师资和服务。直接的办法就是带宝宝去试听体验课。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOuuEm2G86yOgIfQwzoLWIf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬件、环境","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSM8w6UCEyeUAUj2Vv7ipjc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一般早教环境设施都比较“高大上”,通常会有家长豪华休息室、咖啡机、电脑、娱乐区等等,但是孩子,尤其是婴幼儿,到底需要一个什么样的环境呢?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKyk6OKiokKomiUtpOEiajg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如是否有相对独立、安静、宽松的教室,是否有适宜的室内灯光和温度,是否配置相应教学设备和安全消防设施,视觉设计是否有童趣等等以及是否具备无毒可靠、数量充足、性能优越的一些特殊培训课程所需的教学(含实训)设施等。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngSIUkUAMOmcQmOGJF5NsDb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":645,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"硬件、环境","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/aa5660f513f34fd2b9271d87a03bf935","width":786},"text":"","id":"doxcnw8Ma0IEwY6aWqqwZFOs6Fh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"课程体系特色","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6Yu4SCgYWueu2jN8jr5Fkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"许多人认为早教班就只是在玩游戏,要知道这些游戏的设置是根据宝宝的年龄阶段和生长发育特定的,不仅仅是在玩,还在玩的过程中培养宝宝的技能,如何玩的更加有效和巧妙,引导宝宝健康成长。早教的课程一般有肢体训练、感官、数学、艺术和音乐等这些内容。不同的早教机构教学理念不同,因此课程设计上也略有不同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnogEEKi64UWe646VUXRKrbe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如,早教中心的教材采用其他机构或市场销售的专家书籍,从一个侧面反映了该机构的研发能力和教学潜力如何,这样的机构的课程缺乏更新能力和市场追踪能力,不是上佳选择。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoYkcgAA4qcMwKaB9UBNdUd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":364,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"课程体系特色","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ae3fafd0464f4b6faec5948133bb40d5","width":745},"text":"","id":"doxcnASUU0emOqYmQiYkBEDadlc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"宝宝每个年龄段的能力发展是不同的,因此各阶段早教课程的侧重点也会有所不同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaSsUqgKssuEWKiZbsF2jJc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"0-2.5岁的宝宝","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSQo2ig4m22UiEtHHlhCY7b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"重点培养感知运动、音乐表达、社交等能力,也会培养宝宝手部精细动作、语言表达能力、注意力等能力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8ygoqe4iIKwgu63X7iloOb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.5-3岁的宝宝","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmUCE2ISWeUUso7izErTrSh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"课程会侧重在宝宝情绪调试、习惯规则的遵守的能力,针对入园适应的相关问题,着重培养精细动作、语言表达、情绪调试、习惯规则等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMg6KqSSoa4uUuy1JLmQsJg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"3-6岁的宝宝","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAo6a608yYwKGC6gY4v8zug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"课程会针对科学认知、语言发展和人际交往,着重培养学习能力、语言能力、社会交往、行为习惯等能力发展,为幼升小做准备。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOSa42EM802uko9BeKAWpFf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"因此,家长在选择早教中心的时候要考察课程设置是否科学分龄,每个阶段的课程侧重点应遵循儿童的能力发展有所不同。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngGWsAEmEwkYmaItEjtuwce"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":791,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"3-6岁的宝宝","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a70cb261990141a88625e13c67021c30","width":1190},"text":"","id":"doxcn0sEqEA6USGWcfYGWDluSsW"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"师资力量","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkI0A0mwySK46Gc2xieQZrc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"师资水平是选择早教中心时,学校软实力中最重要的衡量标准之一。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4UeWGG68mSWEgrr9Bq5Mfc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"首先,教师应具备相应的从教资质。要看老师有没有进行过专业的培训,是如何培训获得资质的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8iI80CKMWUW0ScOIkob0ed"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"其次,教师应具备相应的知识储备。这不仅指教师应熟练掌握所教学科的知识内容,还包括会运用恰当的教育教学方法引导孩子如何去学习。所以一定要与老师多沟通交流,看老师的言谈举止、专业知识、课堂组织呈现能力等全面素质。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng8Iewsyiw2eCsnA4npSEXf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"再次,教师应该具备高度的责任心,遵循“有教无类”的原则,善于鼓励学生,发现他们各自的优点。建议家长可以与老师多沟通自己宝宝的发展情况,咨询一些育儿问题等,从而进行全面了解。家长在和老师接触时,只要提几个专业的问题或就自己孩子目前发展的特点进行交流,就会检验出老师的水平。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnoECoYiSgeGi6wFkqqIN4Uh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":449,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"师资力量","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2f81905aee0b46fb849722d3151a82f6","width":799},"text":"","id":"doxcnQqaIyOkOiia4c168kZ4tzd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"孩子兴趣","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6W2cIUAimwAoG800pbtfFb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"对孩子的早期教育一定要遵循适当的发展规律,不能根据大人的主观意愿来决定孩子应该学习哪些课程,这都是不正确的,而且还会起到相反的作用。总之,无论何时都要以孩子的感受和喜好为主。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnigqGskkQgmAEAbIYavllah"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在选择早教机构时,要做好孩子的思想准备,很多时候,孩子都是对硬性的学习非常的抵触的,一旦没有做好铺垫,很可能就让孩子有了抵触的心理,产生了厌学情绪的话就更不好了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKumc8im24iCAcJ3VVhTjDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"家长们也要注意,一节体验课孩子表现的好坏,不足以证明这家机构对孩子的长远发展是好或者坏,只能说明孩子对新环境的适应能力是好或者坏。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKso8wey0kAAK67MbO6Yhzb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":399,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"孩子兴趣","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c61d20ed916344a3a6066359419e1fb6","width":625},"text":"","id":"doxcnsoUOYI60eQYiMJyim0SpGf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"办学资质","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkEUeSoIK8WWSMxCTpN2rEf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"选择早教中心,千万不要被琳琅满目的广告给看花了眼睛,现今品牌效应、宣传轰炸充斥的当下环境,早教产品的广告数不胜数,家长在选择的时候一定要擦亮眼睛。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn6yU4UQQgciiaCuPLD8j2Uf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要看机构的工商、税务营业执照是否完善,是否有政府相关部门出具的培训资质,机构名称和办学实体是否相符。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGWsKqaQIEuMQkM0BEzU2AG"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"比如:有些培训机构虽然称呼为XX学校、XX学院,名字很大气,但实际却不是那么回事,学院类名称是国家规定有学历教育的机构使用的,无学历教育者一般不具备资格,所以别被名字误导了! ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSMQiauK8SSWCWvoMsnEgW0"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":677,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"办学资质","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3344e08948e14c59a83086c15863e4d1","width":950},"text":"","id":"doxcn2IsKSmSweu4yMTiYvpahKc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"距离","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4SmCu0omQQWkCMqIk2LyJh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"距离是一个很大的因素,因为太远的距离反而会因为路上耽误时间多久,有损身体健康,引起孩子的方案,同时也加重了家长负担。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmSOg0GK4QQQcuaj7yy1Sfe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"另外,早教中心是否有合格的办学许可证?早教中心建立的年数与口碑如何?是否出现过加盟商停业跑路的情况?这些综合要素都需要家长慎重把控。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnW6Cqa4GouME20cLp1FN9Bb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"距离","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/35b95fb32fd24dfa9dd1cf07f43200b1","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcn4aCyMAwWWu6aqqkDzQaBbg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"收费合理","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEqumKwGGSQsc8DDDlbwLPe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在了解学校环境、设备、师资、教学理念等情况的基础上,学校收费也是家长需要考虑的重要因素。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMkUes0cQ6wEaUx8Akiowog"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"家长应仔细查看学校的收费项目、收费标准,了解收费是否经过备案、是否进行了公示、是否能开具有效票据等。在家庭经济承受范围之内,尽可能提供给孩子最优质的教育服务。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnCUAGuMcAmMi6A7hkbgbO5f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"早教方法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ6IMssg86M2A0gqRazPIyd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"上早教课只是早教的一部分,更重要的是家长的陪伴。一岁半的宝宝,最好的教育方法是和他玩,做亲子游戏。在玩耍的过程中对宝宝进行语言教育,既让宝宝感觉到快乐,同时效果又较好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2cgUwEMeEoKUcRtg9BQvac"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"模仿训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngwIs6uguU8eaaSuZS5SCPe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"早教课程:有趣的表情","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGUgyOIskgIeS6oQ85Jonub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"课程目的:激发孩子的观察力,掌握模仿的本能","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2SWC804OKKyqErL5KapcGd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":431,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"模仿训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/93de1a0d32144f96b0989cdc36ddd4bb","width":587},"text":"","id":"doxcneEmAYIKaYUesgJyTpO9Nrd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"具体步骤:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcneeWkeCOkIIAi0etxEdJnqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、和孩子面对面坐好,对孩子做微笑的表情,同时对孩子说:“嘴角上翘是微笑,宝宝笑一个。”然后观察孩子的反应。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnqYMmmwsOWkS0QDO9RKRjXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、准备一些有关微笑的图片,让孩子看一看,并告诉他:“瞧,大家都在笑,宝宝也笑一笑。”","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSqe8iCOeSMqUyQXA2ngQ1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、用同样的方法教孩子认识其他表情,如淘气吐舌头、开心地大笑、难过地哭泣、生气等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYYkAccWOcigicTMeuVbPsg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、拿一面镜子,和孩子一起坐在镜子前,对着镜子做表情,然后让孩子模仿。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYgSWiYUseUi0VAEXleeVNP"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":540,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"模仿训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a0122806fe7e4c4f8ab5b26fcc675889","width":720},"text":"","id":"doxcncyKYsogkgU4IYPYdWpzMOh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这样的早教课堂,爸爸妈妈可以经常的陪孩子来做,可以激发孩子的模仿兴趣,并训练孩子面部肌肉。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnmE6YUM2o0S4wsVTAPcJqme"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"训练动作能力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8ImccWeGYc48uoIgxfjQic"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、学穿鞋袜","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkyWmGCYCgsSuIRh57SZN7g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"穿袜子:将袜口叠到袜跟、提住袜跟将脚伸进袜子至袜尖,足跟贴住袜跟,再将袜口提上来。这种穿法能使足跟与袜跟相符,穿得舒服。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnUqoAYma4CoQGsd3JGK029e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"然后开始学穿鞋:大脚趾最长,在脚的里侧,把两只鞋尖的一侧对放在一起,让宝宝认出哪一只鞋应穿左脚、哪一只应穿右脚。反复练习后,宝宝就能熟练地自己穿上鞋袜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcng24QUWmuSUmowx0I2hilsc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"进一步练习宝宝的自理能力,使他产生自信,知道区别左右脚。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnMWyI8w4gqEcouuRq37tcHc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":635,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"1、学穿鞋袜","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e96955e99bc3407e9e0e3ec459de5c4f","width":1230},"text":"","id":"doxcneamAIuAiymUmApdJRRl8Oh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、倒水入瓶","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnAMwwSYIcuAkICeR8XEw7gf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"找两个酸奶瓶,让宝宝把其中一个装满水然后倒入另一个瓶内,尽量不让水漏出。熟练之后,再让宝宝将小碗中的水倒入瓶内而不泼洒。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngksQU4ySCMGWsh37BpCPtb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通过这个游戏,可锻炼宝宝的手眼协调能力,做精细的操作。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn88gYwIaGUS2C83qKK7KBJg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":702,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"2、倒水入瓶","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f563d2335d7744f695e97929297354a2","width":452},"text":"","id":"doxcnuucKSgcEWk8Q4xfsMIezgh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、变高和变矮","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn8GKOO4sOQ2IE6veKr30pff"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"爸爸说“变高”,同宝宝一起踮起脚尖,伸直身体,举起双手,人变高了许多。爸爸再喊“变矮”,蹲下双脚,弯腰低头,双手抱住膝盖,身体变成一个球状。由快到慢,或由宝宝喊口令,爸爸和宝宝一起表演,或由宝宝单独表演。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcngEIaWoyK0Wm8QxDuh3VCOe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习伸展和屈曲身体,使关节和韧带得到锻炼,全身肌肉活动协调。这种身体活动的游戏最好穿插在一些静态的游戏中间,使宝宝动静结合,有利于健康。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnG6Wq6mmQcQ8a89xOil8SDh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":165,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"3、变高和变矮","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0d48d8c86d554ee4a8d42ebf7151a4b0","width":220},"text":"","id":"doxcnOAusUEy6U6aks7zbHzU1kf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"训练言语能力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2YUiqgs44ekOCWfqm460ch"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"幼儿在1岁半后,言语发展会突飞猛进,他们不仅重复成人说的言语,而且想要自己说出周围东西的名称。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWiMYaowcsuQGxvl9OkSYC5"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"语言来源于生活,家长应常带小儿到户外、公园去玩,鼓励他与人交往,并引导小儿仔细观察遇到的事物,告诉小儿他遇到事物的名称和特点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnM86oayWIKW8eCEr0O0d3Ab"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"回家后,要他回忆在外面接触的人,看到的东西,并尽量帮他用较完整的话叙述出来。这样,不但丰富了他的语言词汇,而且巩固了记忆,增长了知识。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnweyEow0iss6qMHnLyP6IQg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":524,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"训练言语能力","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1dc82c45c9144d9eb541403af5581665","width":641},"text":"","id":"doxcnkeAm4wIuCM0MW4EjABTiYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"推荐游戏:猜声音","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno2aiW64ymokaOyCP2MRbNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"先把宝宝熟悉的人或物的声音一一录下来,如爸爸、妈妈或其他亲人的讲话声,汽车的喇叭声,狗的叫声等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn2YKYoWE8aMwqUr7Y2UvPld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"游戏开始时,按动录音机,逐一播放给宝宝听。然后让宝宝说出听到的是什么声音。不要选择太相像的两种声音,以免宝宝答错后有挫败感。如果宝宝答对了,记得要称赞宝宝。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOCKMy2GkskyY42V0fkl85e"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":422,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"训练言语能力","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8895ce7299ac4936872d6329403520d5","width":600},"text":"","id":"doxcnMaK0YciQ4WsuOmJSnKJPDb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"颜色辨别","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGiS26Q4Giq0EcdVtj8ec2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一岁半的宝宝对颜色异常敏感,在玩耍的时候,可以加入一些颜色鲜艳的数字和字母,都能够有效增强宝宝的兴趣和印象。帮助宝宝认识颜色的几个游戏:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcniMwc4YycCOMea0uXqF1bje"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"游戏一:找找什么是红颜色的","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnim8KGAeeW6UQm62eMw5mqh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"这种游戏在任何环境中都可以玩,让孩子找红色的东西,找到了,就让他在手中摆弄一会儿,并说出名称。说对了,就赞扬他:说错了,要给他指出和说出来,这是“红皮球”,但别指责他笨。教孩子认识其他颜色也可用这种方法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnOAk8S6KKaM0GUlIoajTiJg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":800,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"颜色辨别","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3984c395b5e843c9961449faa70c7284","width":800},"text":"","id":"doxcn6KQQE6sWsicq0Yc07bv56k"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"游戏二:取食物","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnGQi60e4gmU8USO18C5Kzyf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"妈妈买回很多菜、水果,可以有意识地让孩子帮忙从篮中取出,说出它的名称和颜色,同时可以告诉他这些东西吃了对健康的好处,这样不仅教会了孩子认识颜色,也增进了他对蔬菜、水果的好感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnSOW2GmOWkUQ8QBDZBxaMHb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","marks":[{"type":"strong"}],"text":"游戏三:搭配颜色","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcny6MmcqgwqAKKeIY1PdFind"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"取10~ 20只胶卷轴,外面裹贴一圈白纸。白纸上涂上各种颜色,每种颜色涂两只,组成两组不同颜色的胶卷轴。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnKu86iqoiwscKILwSAp07bf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"两组胶卷轴分别放在两个房间里,先让孩子辨认一组的颜色,之后妈妈指定一种颜色,让孩子到另一个房间里,把相同颜色的胶卷轴取来,一只一只地取,直到取完配好为止。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaECSuCy6wAk4isJ2oM9Sqd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在开始阶段,颜色可以少一些,甚至只有红、黄、蓝三种,待孩子熟悉后,逐渐增加颜色种类。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEUMIsqy2iaA6cFnHXaMJ4f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"训练观察能力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnEmwYUuiC4iS0Xlm2PeuLqW"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"训练上下、里外、前后方位意识:如游戏时说:"球在椅子上、椅子下"、"球在箱子里、在箱子外面"等等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYIqYMWu4yiiWU7gKRsvEFh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"辨别多少:如分糖果给家人,看看分的是否一样多,放桌上比比看谁多谁少。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnkymUkg0GaS4eK0D4Xylmle"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":837,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"训练观察能力","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/478b9ee3cbf54c62aabbd88be7d08c8b","width":789},"text":"","id":"doxcnmKyEK8EYaOuQK5ltfhkvnb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"早教注意事项","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWKyWeqKyqOG4KwQaANlsEf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"充分的睡眠","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnYaskcoaQMewmUVAGbQsZJe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"充足的睡眠是宝宝健康成长的必要条件,如果宝宝睡眠状况不好的话,会造成宝宝食欲不振,从而影响到脑部的发育,影响到智力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcn4SKCOMuIesiaobtBoDaCnd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一岁半儿童一天累计睡眠时间在14小时左右","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"白天2小时夜间12小时。当然也存在个体差异。 一岁半儿童睡眠时间不要超过16小时,但也不能短于9小时,因为充足睡眠,能保证儿童正常生理发育。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaSww8ksyySwi4FJbCcAdsh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":2480,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"充分的睡眠","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/74daa660a24d4533b21f2273bbd60112","width":3507},"text":"","id":"doxcnI6wKYaomIqCyshMefec0ib"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意饮食","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnWY0OEay6WoaQK6dDez9CLb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一岁半儿童的饮食要注意合理膳食,多食蔬菜、水果、蛋、肉、鱼,少食高脂肪、高糖、高胆固醇的食物。 对于一岁半的儿童,可以和大人一样,每天给他按时吃三餐,上午和下午各补充一次点心或水果。三餐以厚粥和软饭为主,要多吃蔬菜。菜和鱼肉、虾肉要剁碎,拌在饭里给孩子吃,最好经常换花样,这样孩子才爱吃。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcno4KYYqOuwIsEa8CNpgKEWd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":500,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"注意饮食","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d9d5b14f9a714020bd5fdb4db4e51024","width":707},"text":"","id":"doxcnWkIMCiYaUAs0gJCReCgHge"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果儿童喜欢,可以让他坐得和大人一样高,给儿童一个碗,一个勺,让他在接受喂饭的同时可以自己也吃,千万别怕他会弄得到处都是。这个时候可以让儿童学着自己吃饭,如果他成功地把饭送到嘴里,他会很高兴的,这会激起他自己动手的更大欲望。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnC6K02i0sESUUUtK0iCLq6c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"千万不要追着连哄带骗地给儿童喂饭,其实如果儿童不想吃,父母可以把食物拿开,而不是逼着他吃。过量的食物很可能让儿童没有胃口,父母逼着他吃会让儿童慢慢讨厌食物的,也可以把食物做成小份的,一份吃完后再给一份,这样不会让儿童看见一大碗增加了儿童吃饭的压力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaSCo4qmkWUuyCK62066BAb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"心态平和","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnQ8E2oCESeCAKVwEhZITHD4"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"各位爸爸妈妈可以在平时的日常生活中对宝宝进行教育,父母在早教的过程中要放松心态,千万别操之过急。家长们在给宝宝早教时一定要注意,不要把目标定得太高或者有盼望宝宝成为“神童”的心理。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnwo0U86c2awwSYtJyqEOk2d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"有些父母不顾婴幼儿心理发展的特点,硬性地给孩子规定学习任务,让婴幼儿像学生那样坐下来学习,剥夺了他们玩耍的时间,这对孩子的身心健康很不利。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"doxcnaUAA02WGqwYugfNjYndrSf"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E如何拍MV?
随着电脑和视频技术的日益进步,如今非专业人士也能制作自己的音乐MV啦。在预算允许的情况下,MV的制作完全靠天马行空的想象力。这篇文章会带你一起探索一下MV的拍法。
拍摄前的准备
了解预算
优质的MV并不都是投了大笔钱制作非常精良的,历史上极富创意、让人难忘的MV很多都是很简单的低成本作品,也有一些制作费高达几百万美元。事先了解清楚你有多少钱可以使用能够确保你不会超支。
和艺人或乐队交流
他们通常都会对自己的MV和造型有一些想法,有一些会是不错的点子,甚至会有一些极具创意,也有一些需要上千人的配合演出,最前沿的特效技术,还要张艺谋为其掌镜。如果你预算充足,那么基本上你不会受到任何限制,当然了,具体要将哪一个点子融合进MV,决定权还是在你。眼光放实际一些,清楚哪些可行,哪些不那么可行,哪些完全不可能。
如果你恰好是要拍MV的乐队中的一员,你可能面临着独特的优势和挑战。在乐队灵感方面你掌握着第一手全方位的资料,但是另一方面,MV的制作过程可谓压力山大,你很可能因此与队员在个人关系和合作关系上都产生不合,对此一定要谨慎。
好好听mv这首歌
一开始不要做任何别的事情——就静静地听。然后,循环听无数次。还要和歌手或乐队一起听。即便你已经对旋律烂熟于心了,还要想象自己是第一次听到这首歌。它让你产生了什么感觉?它会让你想要跳舞、痛哭、做蠢事儿,或者直接去酒吧喝到挂?又或者它会不会让你产生很复杂的情感?把你对这首歌的反应通通记录下来。
拍摄方案的确定
提炼想法
一旦你对这首歌的情感核心有了一些想法,将这些想法加工整合进MV。在这个过程中和你的技术团队讨论会非常有帮助,因为他们知道什么比较容易做到而什么比较困难。
用在MV里的点子可以既直截了当又很切题。举个例子,如果要制作一首关于在路上与各种人相遇的乡村歌曲,可以跟拍主角驾驶在高速公路上,沿路在小镇里与杂货店的人、加油站的人一一相遇,就如同歌词里写的情境一样。这个点子如果执行得好的话,效果会非常棒。
加一些特别的小细节可以让你的MV过目不忘甚至成为经典。以下的点子就会比刚才那笼统的描述生动许多。主角驾驶着一辆57年的雪佛兰敞篷车在一路向西的高速公路上行驶着,第一段出现路边杂货店的农民,第二段出现加油站中坐在悍马里的士兵,第三段里,一个漂亮女生跳进汽车与我们的主角一起驶向远方,如同歌词里写得那样。再设计一些有趣的支线故事——愤怒的白领人士在每一段画面里都做出蠢事儿。第一段里他把芥末挤到了自己衬衣上,第二段里他的保时捷撞上了悍马或者他把汽油滴到了价格不菲的皮鞋上,第三段里他笨拙地向美女不停地抛媚眼。
抽象的奇思妙想能成就一支精彩的MV。脚本无需严格按照歌词写的那么发展——在歌词与视觉内容上形成强烈的反差反而会有意想不到的效果。有的MV甚至是走荒诞怪异风格的。千万不要不敢让观众困惑甚至震惊,如果你觉得这种效果是你的MV必须要的。有时挑战常规才能出奇制胜。
选景
在开始拍摄之前,你要想清楚你想在哪里拍摄。有时基于MV理念,你必须跋山涉水去远方或者特地搭一个景。比如我们刚才那首乡村歌曲也许在西北地区就很容易拍摄,但如果是在上海,那么你就必须提前计划场地。
跟你需要用的场地的主人或管理方交流。最好事先告知周围邻居你要拍摄。如果你不说的话,他们很可能会困惑甚至被你的拍摄干扰到。提前熟悉一下当地的噪音条例,以防万一被警察约谈时你完全不知所措。
制作剧情图板
它是你拍摄时最有用的策划工具了。所谓剧情图板就是用来指导拍摄动作的以一镜为单位的图板。
音乐MV通常会运用大量的电影技巧或视觉效果来创作独特的观看体验,如果你打算在MV中融入以上任何一种,记得把它们写进你的剧情图板。
剧情图板不用制作得太浮夸。它可以简单得只有演员走位以及场景道具,也可以详细到连演员分镜头、表情、移动方向等等都有。如果你完全没有绘画天赋,别担心——你可以制作文字版剧情图板。只要你对于每一镜应该拍些什么都心中有数,并且可以让共事的人都明白,那就可以了。
尝试将你的MV按视觉场景分割开来。如果你把要在某一个场地拍摄的所有内容都一次拍完,那就大大节约了拍摄时间(就算情节顺序不对,事后仍然可以拼接成完整的MV)。用这种方法规划你的拍摄可以尽可能地省时省力。
组建拍摄团队
根据制作规模的不同,你有可能需要完全靠自己和演员,也可能拥有一大批的团队听你差遣。基于你需要完成的工作,以下是你需要考虑寻找人才的职位:
摄像师,摄像师负责通过多台摄像机捕捉镜头。构思镜头是你的事,但接下来的构建场景、和灯光师协调确保场地光线完美、告诉收音师要在场地的哪里收音等等,都需要摄像师来做。
灯光师,需要有人来确保所有灯都会亮,演员在镜头里能看得清楚,以及所有光线都适合拍摄,而这个人就是灯光师。
收音师,在电影的拍摄场景中,收音师就是在每个人面前和场地中举着麦克风的那个人;而在MV拍摄中(通常没有对话),收音师就是不停播放音乐让演员好配合演出的那个人。在按“暂停”、“播放”、“回放”的间隙,他也负责拿可乐、披萨以及其他杂物。
场务,场务是负责搬各种电线、灯光、装备、桌椅等一切被挪进场地的杂物的。当你在构思更加重要的东西时,如果有人能帮你帮这些杂事都处理好,那么拍摄会进行得顺利很多的。
服装师,根据预算的不同,你可能只需要简单地给演员下个指令就行(“穿牛仔裤和贴身T恤”),或者帮演员订好需要的戏服。不管是哪种方式,一旦有换衣服的需要,你就要确保有人能在每个场景的间隙协调好这件事,并且演员们可以有换衣服的私人空间。
道具师,同样的,这个人可能还是你。总要有人去找拍摄用的汽车,加上演员要使用的道具——比如一挤就能挤出来的芥末瓶,以及需要特地找来的、演员会拿起或者放下来的所有东西。
场记,除非你准备一镜到底拍摄完所有东西,不然你肯定需要有人来确保上下场的连接度,防止穿帮镜头,这就是场记的工作。他们通常借助摄像机来记录位置,也要确保第一场中芥末在衬衫上留下的污渍在三天后拍摄的最后一场里依然“健在”而且没有变形。
开拍
拍摄流程
设置场地
现在你已经准备就绪了,演员们也排练得非常到位,整个团队都整装待发,接下来就要开始设置场景正式开拍了。精心挑选一个拍摄场景。
设置摄像
不妨先用三脚架拍摄MV中静态的场景,因为摇晃不定的摄像有时会让观众分心。其他时候你可以使用手持防抖摄像机来拍摄动态一些的场面,或者用一架完全自由形态的摄像机拍摄高度动态的场面。如果你人手和预算都够用,那就把以角度为主导的和以风格为主导的都拍了,这样在剪辑时可以多些创意化的选择。
让演员就位
如果他们在开拍时已经在镜头里,那就让他们记住自己的位置。如果他们是随着拍摄的进行逐渐进入到镜头中的,那就让他们在进入点等候。
让音乐就绪
让音响师在歌曲里定位好合适的点,让演员和工作人员的拍摄在时间上可以与音乐保持同步。一开始拍摄时,播得越久越好。如果已经拍了好多镜头,你可以缩短这部分的时间。当音响师准备就绪、音乐声要响起时,他会喊“加速!”(意为当磁带已经自动播放完毕时需要一定时间将它倒带)。收音师也会把声音同时收进视频中,这样后制人员能够有迹可循。
灯光
让所有负责灯光的工作人员各就各位,所有需要打开的灯都打开。
摄像
摄像师按下开始录制的按钮,然后开始拍摄。
开拍
一旦开拍了,演员们就会开始表演。
重复拍摄MV里的所有场景
最后你会得到无数条带子,包含了不同的角度,有好的也有坏的,接下来会很有趣的!电影的拍摄是一项极其复杂、巨细靡遗的过程,在这篇文章里提到的只是冰山一角。
拍摄技巧
拍摄的基本方式可分为推、拉、摇、移、跟、甩、升、降等。当图片受到边框的限制时,可称为运动摄像机或运动镜。
短视频的拍摄技巧包括镜头语言、定场镜头、空镜头、分镜头、移动镜头等。
镜头语言包括景观和相机运动。
景别
根据镜头与主体的距离,景观可分为以下几类。
远景:远距离镜头,人物很小,常见的有航拍镜头。
远景:深远的镜头景观,人物在画面中只占很小的位置。从广义上讲,根据不同的景观距离,视野三个层次:大视野、远视和小视野。
大全景:包括整个拍摄对象和周围环境的图片,通常被用作影视作品的环境介绍,也被称为最广泛的镜头。
全景:摄入全身或小场景的影视画面相当于戏剧和歌舞剧场舞台框中的景观。在全景中可以看到角色的动作和环境。
小全景:比全景小很多,画面可以保持相对完整。
中间场景:指拍摄人物小腿以上部分的镜头,或用于拍摄相同的场景镜头,是表演场景中常用的场景。
半身景:俗称半身像,是指从人物腰部到头部的景色,又称中近景。
近景:拍摄时取人物胸部以上的影视画面,有时也用于表现场景的某一部分。
特写:指相机在非常近距离拍摄的对象。通常以人肩以上的头像作为拍摄参考,旨在强调人体的某个部位,或相应的物体细节、景物细节等。
大特写:又称细节特写,是指突出人物头像、身体或物体的某一部位,如眉毛、眼睛等。
相机的运动。
在拍摄过程中,相机有很多不同的运动方式,下面分别介绍。
推:即推拍、推镜头,是指被摄体不动,由拍摄机进行向前运动拍摄,拍摄范围由大到小,分为快推、慢推、猛推等,与变焦距推拍有本质区别。
拉:指被摄体不动,由拍摄机进行向后运动拍摄,拍摄范围由小变大,分为慢拉、快拉、猛拉等。
摇晃:相机的位置不动,机身依靠三脚架上的底盘做上、下、左、右、旋转等运动,让观众站在原地环顾四周,看看周围的人或事。
移动:也被称为移动拍摄。从广义上说,运动拍摄的各种方式都是移动拍摄。但从一般意义上说,移动拍摄是指将相机放置在运输工具(如轨道或摇臂)上,然后沿着水平面在移动中拍摄对象。可结合移动拍摄和摇拍进行摇拍。
跟踪:指跟踪拍摄,包括后续、后续、后续、后续、后续、后续、后续等。
上升:上升是镜头做上升运动,同时拍摄对象。
下降:下降与升降镜头相反,即镜头同时下降和拍摄对象。
俯拍:俯拍,常用于宏观展现环境,场合整体面貌。
仰:仰拍,常带有高大、庄重的意义。
甩:甩镜头,又称扫镜头,是指从一个被摄体甩到另一个被摄体,可以用来表现急剧变化。这个镜头可以作为场景变换的手段。
悬挂:悬挂拍摄,包括空中拍摄,往往具有广泛的表现力。
空:又称空镜头,是指没有剧中角色(人或动物)的纯景镜头。
切割:转换镜头的总称。任何镜头的剪接都是一次切割。
综合:指综合拍摄,又称综合镜头。通常是将推、拉、摇、移、跟、升、降、俯、仰、甩、悬、空等几种拍摄手法结合在一个镜头中拍摄。
短:短镜头,电影中指30秒以下、24帧/秒的连续画面镜头,电视剧中指30秒以下、25帧/秒的连续画面镜头。
长:长镜头,连续画面镜头30秒以上。
变焦拍摄:相机不动,通过镜头焦距的变化,使远处的人或物清晰可见,或使近景从清晰到虚拟。
主观拍摄:又称主观镜头,即表现剧中人物的主观视线,视觉镜头,往往具有可视化描写心理的作用。
后期制作
后期制作流程
将视频转录进电脑
通常使用USB、火线接口或者其他接口就能完成。不管你用什么方式,确保你把所有东西都上载进电脑并且储存在同一个目录下。
开启编辑软件
不管你使用的是Sony Vegas、iMovie、Adobe Premiere、Final Cut Pro,还是其他高端的软件,奇迹将在此发生。
使用最好的素材
从头到尾地看你的拍摄,每个带子都要看,找到最好的。运用视频中收到的音来与音乐轨迹相匹配。不必担心音轨中有轻微的噪音,因为这并不是你的最终视频。
将音轨覆盖在画面中
随着音轨的上载,查看画面和音乐是否同步。一般来说它们会很接近,但不会完美同步的。做一些细小的调整,让画面与声音和谐——这点对于有乐队出境的画面尤其重要,因为稍有差池就会十分明显。
视频中加入片头
以前的MV通常都会在片头打出歌曲名称、歌手名字、 唱片公司和MV导演名字。现在的一些歌手选择把这些信息作“电影化”的处理。可以和你的工作团队、演员、乐队们讨论下是否要加上这些信息。
剪辑技巧
音频
1、如果mv拍摄中有多个音频,没有特殊需要的话,保持其音量一致。
2、如果mv拍摄是纯音乐配画面的,疾配快,缓配慢。
3、如果mv拍摄是有歌词的音乐,歌词内容配画面的同时,疾配快,缓配慢。建议歌词先铺在轨道上,因为只有歌词的预览是不会卡的,就算你128内存用PRE,都不会卡。调整,让歌词字幕符合歌词音频,这样铺视频的时候,将相关视频对准一句句歌词就很方便了。会 没有音波显示,糟糕一点,只好边预览边听边调整了,有音波显示的MV制作软件就方便很多。
视频与音频关联
1、歌词内容配画面,不一定所有的都匹配(不是原唱歌很难做到这点),但要保证能配的都配上。
2、两句歌词之间、歌词与前/见/尾奏之间、节奏变换点,等等地方,视频画面要变换。
3、快节奏的歌,快节奏的地方,视频要时时变换符合节奏——即使,你变换的画面让人第一遍欣赏时看不清内容。
视频
1、摄影上取镜范围不变、焦距不变、人物动作基本不变的“静态”视频,比如说话、沉思、特写一类,在没有滤镜、遮罩点缀的情况下,最好不要超过3秒,除非是特殊需要。拉、推、跟镜头、变焦的摄影画面是mv拍摄片源的首选。
2、人物的近景与特写在一个mv拍摄中不要出现过多(哪怕是不同的人),远、中、近、前、后景要分布合理,适当放一些风景、或者主角不在的空镜头。
3、片源如果有黑边,最好统一修剪掉;不修剪的话,不得使用三维、翻页之类让黑边出现在画面中心地带的转场,不得在画中画边缘出现黑边。黑边的存在,还将影响一些滤镜的效果,比如说平均滤镜——狭窄的黑边同样被模糊,一模糊就放大更明显了。
4、尽量不要出现类台标状的东西,实在没办法用光线、光晕、修剪滤镜之类的遮一下。
5、不要天花乱缀式地使用花哨的转场,不要全程用夺目的闪光转场,转场只是点缀,不是mv拍摄主体。一般的淡化转场应该是使用频率最高的。其他,强音“爆炸”使用粉碎转场,回忆、闪回使用闪光转场,等等。
6、对白、名字字幕问题按着需要办,想让人看清字幕的,就选带字幕的视频;不想让人看见的,做全程宽屏的MV,或者想办法遮掉有字幕的视频,用歌词、滤镜都能遮。
7、不要把一个mv拍摄的内容“塞”得很满,有的视频,即使镜头很完美,如果mv拍摄不需要,删。
8、不要留念人物很帅很帅的镜头,该转场的时候一定要转。
9、没有特殊需要,视频速度的调整,不小于50%,不大于125%,否则将出现明显的人为加工痕迹。
10、想表现一件事,要选画面上最合适、让人一目了然的镜头。
视频选景
1、做集锦的,分配客观,不因自己喜好偏于哪个角色。
2、做单人的,不要把镜头一直给在主角身上,尤其不要一直给说话近景,也要给一些主角的远景、与他人的合景、相关的空镜头。如果该主角只有近景,那,滤镜遮罩有什么用什么,人为加工出MV的层次,至少给出主角近景身后的全景。
3、没有特殊需要,电视一角色多演员的,最好只给其中一个演员的近景;一演员多角色的,在一个MV中不要出现代表两个角色的演员近景。
4、乱真。
5、打斗场面,如果原片拍得很差,切换镜头要频繁,无转场的硬切也好,10桢的交叉淡化转场也好,另外适当加快视频速度,切出来的打会好看些。
6、空镜头——天空太阳夕阳月亮云层山岳江水浪花旗帜,是合适的就拿来用。
拍摄注意细节
MV可以简单的看做是“为歌曲拍摄的宣传片”;因为MV并非只是局限在电视上,还可以通过手机、网络、公众号的方式发布,所以MV就逐渐成为很多企事业单位喜爱的一种宣传推广形式。那么,拍摄MV需要注意哪些细节呢?
1、整体画面及节奏的表现力
好的创意与拍摄画面、音乐节奏不仅可以使一条MV主题鲜明,唯美动听、赏心悦目,让观众对音乐电视中展现的内容和品牌留下美好的印象,更能为企业扩大市场知名度,增添品牌美誉度,建立人们对企业的良好印象。因此,MV画面与音乐节奏的表现力是非常重要的环节。
2、做到一片多用
MV不是单纯的某个产品介绍,而是展现整个企业综合实力的传播。所以音乐电视要做到“一片多用”,即要在体现品牌形象方面能取得明显成效,又要为市场推广发挥独特的作用,此外在网上或电视上循环播放,能让人们更多的知道企业,增强对企业品牌的熟悉度。
3、要广泛传播
时下,许多企业不惜花上千万的巨资请形象代言人拍摄MV,却对后续的投放费用卡的非常的紧。在音乐电视制作完成之后,即应该多方位进行广泛传播,才能收到理想的宣传效果。譬如:在电视上发布、在网站上推广、在企业新闻发布会上播放等,也可以分发、邮寄给企业的客户或者有意合作的潜在客户,让客户在深入了解企业或者产品的基础上,增加对企业品牌的认知度和信任度,从而为双方合作打下坚实的基础。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"随着电脑和视频技术的日益进步,如今非专业人士也能制作自己的音乐MV啦。在预算允许的情况下,MV的制作完全靠天马行空的想象力。这篇文章会带你一起探索一下MV的拍法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Hgekdmya2ou28yxgnTecldAunoh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"拍摄前的准备","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BwmWdCm8goqyCKxg6aOccaQGnoG"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"了解预算","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Pm8Ydi6OqoOMqgxy6TFcI3JHnlg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"优质的MV并不都是投了大笔钱制作非常精良的,历史上极富创意、让人难忘的MV很多都是很简单的低成本作品,也有一些制作费高达几百万美元。事先了解清楚你有多少钱可以使用能够确保你不会超支。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TI2edsiuaoy2kAxZJmccTQC4nsk"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"了解预算","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/43975d14970047528619e30ca742627e","width":1024},"text":"","id":"OYuIdgIksoeSYSxAxLwcSOiJncg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"和艺人或乐队交流","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PmkidM6AsoaAcmxon9FctjONnVh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"和艺人或乐队交流","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2eaaeeb7c9d94f29b51c0b2529101e0d","width":1024},"text":"","id":"N6U0d0Ycyom6wMxsxNWctyIan4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"他们通常都会对自己的MV和造型有一些想法,有一些会是不错的点子,甚至会有一些极具创意,也有一些需要上千人的配合演出,最前沿的特效技术,还要张艺谋为其掌镜。如果你预算充足,那么基本上你不会受到任何限制,当然了,具体要将哪一个点子融合进MV,决定权还是在你。眼光放实际一些,清楚哪些可行,哪些不那么可行,哪些完全不可能。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CC6YdCq8Eoowa8xMv1OchFernXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果你恰好是要拍MV的乐队中的一员,你可能面临着独特的优势和挑战。在乐队灵感方面你掌握着第一手全方位的资料,但是另一方面,MV的制作过程可谓压力山大,你很可能因此与队员在个人关系和合作关系上都产生不合,对此一定要谨慎。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ly44dSuGko6qY4xYnW9cZ09rnHd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"好好听mv这首歌","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XAokdA88Oo46KsxMx2LcgJZenJc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一开始不要做任何别的事情——就静静地听。然后,循环听无数次。还要和歌手或乐队一起听。即便你已经对旋律烂熟于心了,还要想象自己是第一次听到这首歌。它让你产生了什么感觉?它会让你想要跳舞、痛哭、做蠢事儿,或者直接去酒吧喝到挂?又或者它会不会让你产生很复杂的情感?把你对这首歌的反应通通记录下来。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JUC6d6qeaosoyYxYX2pcLO6anYf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"好好听mv这首歌","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9d9b9bcd45f748ecb5596b97094df6a5","width":1024},"text":"","id":"AI02dWCu0oQwAAxUl20cEO9znWg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"拍摄方案的确定","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AMSSduc0QogGQsxGQ38cAUYvn0d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"提炼想法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XIu6dGi4Qoy8EYxGCSEczodkn8c"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一旦你对这首歌的情感核心有了一些想法,将这些想法加工整合进MV。在这个过程中和你的技术团队讨论会非常有帮助,因为他们知道什么比较容易做到而什么比较困难。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"No0SdwWyAokK8uxk3t6c1Zu5nte"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"用在MV里的点子可以既直截了当又很切题。举个例子,如果要制作一首关于在路上与各种人相遇的乡村歌曲,可以跟拍主角驾驶在高速公路上,沿路在小镇里与杂货店的人、加油站的人一一相遇,就如同歌词里写的情境一样。这个点子如果执行得好的话,效果会非常棒。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OEgMdU8OwoSEQixcNlIcLBGMnxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"加一些特别的小细节可以让你的MV过目不忘甚至成为经典。以下的点子就会比刚才那笼统的描述生动许多。主角驾驶着一辆57年的雪佛兰敞篷车在一路向西的高速公路上行驶着,第一段出现路边杂货店的农民,第二段出现加油站中坐在悍马里的士兵,第三段里,一个漂亮女生跳进汽车与我们的主角一起驶向远方,如同歌词里写得那样。再设计一些有趣的支线故事——愤怒的白领人士在每一段画面里都做出蠢事儿。第一段里他把芥末挤到了自己衬衣上,第二段里他的保时捷撞上了悍马或者他把汽油滴到了价格不菲的皮鞋上,第三段里他笨拙地向美女不停地抛媚眼。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UG6EdmcoOo2WEexorJnclckMnze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"抽象的奇思妙想能成就一支精彩的MV。脚本无需严格按照歌词写的那么发展——在歌词与视觉内容上形成强烈的反差反而会有意想不到的效果。有的MV甚至是走荒诞怪异风格的。千万不要不敢让观众困惑甚至震惊,如果你觉得这种效果是你的MV必须要的。有时挑战常规才能出奇制胜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CuGYduYweo0GW0xmKl4cdcl3nyf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"提炼想法","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/558aeb683d7e4ac58498327258c8d1e5","width":1024},"text":"","id":"B2KudUIQWoW8auxmIhtcwdkkn3b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"选景","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BokydWwSwo0I6IxiUbwcNs0pnZf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在开始拍摄之前,你要想清楚你想在哪里拍摄。有时基于MV理念,你必须跋山涉水去远方或者特地搭一个景。比如我们刚才那首乡村歌曲也许在西北地区就很容易拍摄,但如果是在上海,那么你就必须提前计划场地。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UOC6damocoiYsIx2pyRcrQU0nef"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跟你需要用的场地的主人或管理方交流。最好事先告知周围邻居你要拍摄。如果你不说的话,他们很可能会困惑甚至被你的拍摄干扰到。提前熟悉一下当地的噪音条例,以防万一被警察约谈时你完全不知所措。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Yk0sdQGuUoW8KYxE1hPcR05anIb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"选景","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/48c132bd86494ff0afcee4ed2b47bc3b","width":1024},"text":"","id":"RIY6d4OwuokSCsxD0FBc3QZMnEx"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"制作剧情图板","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HcKIdOYimome4wxovuxcRuvDn3O"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"它是你拍摄时最有用的策划工具了。所谓剧情图板就是用来指导拍摄动作的以一镜为单位的图板。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CUmOdM4qooecw4xQ7cScUNsNnhc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"音乐MV通常会运用大量的电影技巧或视觉效果来创作独特的观看体验,如果你打算在MV中融入以上任何一种,记得把它们写进你的剧情图板。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HGoAd2USyo2qWgxshpIcjFPDn8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"剧情图板不用制作得太浮夸。它可以简单得只有演员走位以及场景道具,也可以详细到连演员分镜头、表情、移动方向等等都有。如果你完全没有绘画天赋,别担心——你可以制作文字版剧情图板。只要你对于每一镜应该拍些什么都心中有数,并且可以让共事的人都明白,那就可以了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EKEGd4YUao0qcQxkPYccKuPGnMf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"尝试将你的MV按视觉场景分割开来。如果你把要在某一个场地拍摄的所有内容都一次拍完,那就大大节约了拍摄时间(就算情节顺序不对,事后仍然可以拼接成完整的MV)。用这种方法规划你的拍摄可以尽可能地省时省力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QGIAduyu6oYu6ExakZzcGw5SnMh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"组建拍摄团队","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R2mqdW8EcoY6awxWqcTcklgcnKf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"根据制作规模的不同,你有可能需要完全靠自己和演员,也可能拥有一大批的团队听你差遣。基于你需要完成的工作,以下是你需要考虑寻找人才的职位:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WeiUdkwWSoWqM0xg5TRcVu5Bnhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"摄像师,摄像师负责通过多台摄像机捕捉镜头。构思镜头是你的事,但接下来的构建场景、和灯光师协调确保场地光线完美、告诉收音师要在场地的哪里收音等等,都需要摄像师来做。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WyKAdEqiGoeOCax0cMBczo59nWG"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"灯光师,需要有人来确保所有灯都会亮,演员在镜头里能看得清楚,以及所有光线都适合拍摄,而这个人就是灯光师。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ImEud4iYyoO0SuxyKCkcccOJnBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"收音师,在电影的拍摄场景中,收音师就是在每个人面前和场地中举着麦克风的那个人;而在MV拍摄中(通常没有对话),收音师就是不停播放音乐让演员好配合演出的那个人。在按“暂停”、“播放”、“回放”的间隙,他也负责拿可乐、披萨以及其他杂物。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QaGmdQGCYoMIw0xWSUIcUSG3nhh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"场务,场务是负责搬各种电线、灯光、装备、桌椅等一切被挪进场地的杂物的。当你在构思更加重要的东西时,如果有人能帮你帮这些杂事都处理好,那么拍摄会进行得顺利很多的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SyGgdEEYioWWCUxuuh1cfocnnTh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"服装师,根据预算的不同,你可能只需要简单地给演员下个指令就行(“穿牛仔裤和贴身T恤”),或者帮演员订好需要的戏服。不管是哪种方式,一旦有换衣服的需要,你就要确保有人能在每个场景的间隙协调好这件事,并且演员们可以有换衣服的私人空间。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Iyged4Y4MoKS4exyeAncfrYDnug"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"道具师,同样的,这个人可能还是你。总要有人去找拍摄用的汽车,加上演员要使用的道具——比如一挤就能挤出来的芥末瓶,以及需要特地找来的、演员会拿起或者放下来的所有东西。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"I4KAdsswOoQ8EaxsXcvc11A3njc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"场记,除非你准备一镜到底拍摄完所有东西,不然你肯定需要有人来确保上下场的连接度,防止穿帮镜头,这就是场记的工作。他们通常借助摄像机来记录位置,也要确保第一场中芥末在衬衫上留下的污渍在三天后拍摄的最后一场里依然“健在”而且没有变形。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"P8oUdSumgoaag8xop6Bcuncknee"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"组建拍摄团队","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9df0527cfa364f068f1cb66e6f6ee192","width":1024},"text":"","id":"KI6wdS0CWocQwax4ipbcDBUcnfN"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"开拍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SoMQdKi6eoA2wOxaM04c7HjQnBc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"拍摄流程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JwcydgeiyokkO0xWgGdcHKVBnNc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"设置场地","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TywwdYG2KowkUUxEHhOcGiQ4nmc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现在你已经准备就绪了,演员们也排练得非常到位,整个团队都整装待发,接下来就要开始设置场景正式开拍了。精心挑选一个拍摄场景。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RY4edyiKyoSSO2xmoj7c2pR6nvc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"设置场地","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ffed97ee157149a7a2349f19a274c1ed","width":1023},"text":"","id":"OkYCdsqa2oSsWWxGItLcUaF6n6f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"设置摄像","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OYiGdc0EEoqQyix4T0acJVg6n2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不妨先用三脚架拍摄MV中静态的场景,因为摇晃不定的摄像有时会让观众分心。其他时候你可以使用手持防抖摄像机来拍摄动态一些的场面,或者用一架完全自由形态的摄像机拍摄高度动态的场面。如果你人手和预算都够用,那就把以角度为主导的和以风格为主导的都拍了,这样在剪辑时可以多些创意化的选择。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HcMcd8Y0woiswwxrnxXcydo8nwa"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"设置摄像","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7d61819437854c688e1e0b49e95d4c18","width":1023},"text":"","id":"V8i8dKy0Ao2gsaxsrq6cCFCXnSe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"让演员就位","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YokSd2sUSo8mEwxE5ZjcC49knGg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果他们在开拍时已经在镜头里,那就让他们记住自己的位置。如果他们是随着拍摄的进行逐渐进入到镜头中的,那就让他们在进入点等候。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Jme6dUumUoewEUxOkB3cPjtFnke"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"让演员就位","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d56c3a557542488f920391af1659bbbf","width":1023},"text":"","id":"K06EdE62IosEE8xQHoyckfxTnGe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M8OSdaKu2o8AgKx4rAecJiR0nsh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"让音乐就绪","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BA2UdemqyogGIkxU3YZcvzPPnNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"让音响师在歌曲里定位好合适的点,让演员和工作人员的拍摄在时间上可以与音乐保持同步。一开始拍摄时,播得越久越好。如果已经拍了好多镜头,你可以缩短这部分的时间。当音响师准备就绪、音乐声要响起时,他会喊“加速!”(意为当磁带已经自动播放完毕时需要一定时间将它倒带)。收音师也会把声音同时收进视频中,这样后制人员能够有迹可循。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Yosid6QiyoAACkx687BcvIjZnpb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"让音乐就绪","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d23ee3a1d59f4a8ba78f89ca2ddc8251","width":1024},"text":"","id":"MksYdeqsuoomwsxqCeScyX5mnhd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"灯光","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YUE8dMEwQoGwMoxAR3McpK58n1f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"让所有负责灯光的工作人员各就各位,所有需要打开的灯都打开。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NSosdkCk2oisscxy0ohc5b4OnAd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"灯光","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/749b7b73377f46a0858c286ddd276174","width":1023},"text":"","id":"GmGydSuEYoeU6QxM70vcaD7Wnef"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"摄像","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UAw0dEYqkogS6KxW28GcQiUsnDc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"摄像师按下开始录制的按钮,然后开始拍摄。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M8CqdMQU2ocKkixs1Woctfx8nde"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"摄像","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4a0ed813753f4b808cf6718522b1d047","width":1024},"text":"","id":"Moqwd4CcioCSeqxecKvcAolOnHd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"开拍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QW0edYywSo8y4CxobBPciXuYn8d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一旦开拍了,演员们就会开始表演。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"U0Aida4G4oasiyxstykcXaMknbb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"开拍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e1c3e75bac7b40fb9d2197133989a132","width":1024},"text":"","id":"BG2uda8MEoeeKOxjYUlcVgH9nIA"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"重复拍摄MV里的所有场景","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SaSUdgMCkocaSqxAl5hce5gUn4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"最后你会得到无数条带子,包含了不同的角度,有好的也有坏的,接下来会很有趣的!电影的拍摄是一项极其复杂、巨细靡遗的过程,在这篇文章里提到的只是冰山一角。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Y40yd4MW0ow4amxyEZBcRqrdnMh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"重复拍摄MV里的所有场景","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4ece63655d26490587a0e038a3dffcc9","width":1024},"text":"","id":"T2YSdWoCwoqEOWxgFsVcyyRDnif"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"拍摄技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Msayd2oycogUI8x2jTjcVp0andh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"拍摄的基本方式可分为推、拉、摇、移、跟、甩、升、降等。当图片受到边框的限制时,可称为运动摄像机或运动镜。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ems4dkgWooYIeExa6rUcFpuynbf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短视频的拍摄技巧包括镜头语言、定场镜头、空镜头、分镜头、移动镜头等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GQ0Odwue6oIGOgxuSiRc8FKvnOb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"镜头语言包括景观和相机运动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"R0iwdOcQqo8GeCxI1OLcChI2nYf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":828,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"拍摄技巧","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/6d41cfe4c41044f0bb07abbda1cf3da6","width":1242},"text":"","id":"RQUsd2AeEoSuG0xqyYQcuuB1ned"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"景别","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RYy0dWwckoGKqOx83W4cYpeKn8f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"根据镜头与主体的距离,景观可分为以下几类。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XwOkdKeGuo6QqGxgdamcxGBXnih"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"远景:远距离镜头,人物很小,常见的有航拍镜头。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RYkCdwyA6oi2EoxCKzLcR7wkn7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"远景:深远的镜头景观,人物在画面中只占很小的位置。从广义上讲,根据不同的景观距离,视野三个层次:大视野、远视和小视野。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QuMWdYgKaoUuYmxc4TOcIYzwnuq"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"大全景:包括整个拍摄对象和周围环境的图片,通常被用作影视作品的环境介绍,也被称为最广泛的镜头。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BIKGdAoEcowkK4xCe5nc12m7nXc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"全景:摄入全身或小场景的影视画面相当于戏剧和歌舞剧场舞台框中的景观。在全景中可以看到角色的动作和环境。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JmsGdeUQCowmW0x8d2Pctzs1nMd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"小全景:比全景小很多,画面可以保持相对完整。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Jimqd4uQCoeEQSxGkXhcKQNknLd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中间场景:指拍摄人物小腿以上部分的镜头,或用于拍摄相同的场景镜头,是表演场景中常用的场景。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H2k8d82gWoyEUcxYnWTcF2N5nGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"半身景:俗称半身像,是指从人物腰部到头部的景色,又称中近景。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MKaedmeKUokks0xAhRzcDDShncg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"近景:拍摄时取人物胸部以上的影视画面,有时也用于表现场景的某一部分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"X4o2d2cqMoIUYkxioTec2SRonOg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"特写:指相机在非常近距离拍摄的对象。通常以人肩以上的头像作为拍摄参考,旨在强调人体的某个部位,或相应的物体细节、景物细节等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AmKSdg200oomUexmQc0ccI3yn3d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"大特写:又称细节特写,是指突出人物头像、身体或物体的某一部位,如眉毛、眼睛等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GQE2diiMqoUa6Yxcxd8cshzknNh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"相机的运动。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IQYEdsmqYoqOM4xb68gcHYHhntZ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在拍摄过程中,相机有很多不同的运动方式,下面分别介绍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LGKed4MEIo00usxw5H3cO0ixnkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"推:即推拍、推镜头,是指被摄体不动,由拍摄机进行向前运动拍摄,拍摄范围由大到小,分为快推、慢推、猛推等,与变焦距推拍有本质区别。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XCMEdQSGwoAIuyxmI12ccFfinrk"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"拉:指被摄体不动,由拍摄机进行向后运动拍摄,拍摄范围由小变大,分为慢拉、快拉、猛拉等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QcmkdkQsgocsUIxM3eHc7W8xnwc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"摇晃:相机的位置不动,机身依靠三脚架上的底盘做上、下、左、右、旋转等运动,让观众站在原地环顾四周,看看周围的人或事。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZYUSdSCKyoaA8exaq4Icf0PvnHf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"移动:也被称为移动拍摄。从广义上说,运动拍摄的各种方式都是移动拍摄。但从一般意义上说,移动拍摄是指将相机放置在运输工具(如轨道或摇臂)上,然后沿着水平面在移动中拍摄对象。可结合移动拍摄和摇拍进行摇拍。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W8qAdsE6So8C2exwzhoctcgEnag"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"跟踪:指跟踪拍摄,包括后续、后续、后续、后续、后续、后续、后续等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UM6odQA22owywqx6mR8css4fnmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"上升:上升是镜头做上升运动,同时拍摄对象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Zai6ducs4oaO6UxcxH3cdNNRntg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下降:下降与升降镜头相反,即镜头同时下降和拍摄对象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CSaGdYSysou02gx6OPMcATBLn4f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"俯拍:俯拍,常用于宏观展现环境,场合整体面貌。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CqEodM46uoYCcGxItbIcWZ38ndc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"仰:仰拍,常带有高大、庄重的意义。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FkoWdSG0So6Owkx0TTncWWIOn39"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"甩:甩镜头,又称扫镜头,是指从一个被摄体甩到另一个被摄体,可以用来表现急剧变化。这个镜头可以作为场景变换的手段。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SsModGkiso6oymxKChecc8vSnYd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"悬挂:悬挂拍摄,包括空中拍摄,往往具有广泛的表现力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QK2edaMqWoMo2MxWY0hcJBN9nTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"空:又称空镜头,是指没有剧中角色(人或动物)的纯景镜头。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ry6WdIeSUoeQ6mxKj3bcY3unnrA"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"切割:转换镜头的总称。任何镜头的剪接都是一次切割。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"A8sYdek4MoM0Aix8aKDcujqTnZb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"综合:指综合拍摄,又称综合镜头。通常是将推、拉、摇、移、跟、升、降、俯、仰、甩、悬、空等几种拍摄手法结合在一个镜头中拍摄。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"P4aYdKEIyokI0yxQ7kUcAYz4n55"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短:短镜头,电影中指30秒以下、24帧/秒的连续画面镜头,电视剧中指30秒以下、25帧/秒的连续画面镜头。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"N4gydWMk8oQgsMxeE2Kc7oAAnUf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"长:长镜头,连续画面镜头30秒以上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ji22dYoK0oUweAxAb8TclRWTnid"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"变焦拍摄:相机不动,通过镜头焦距的变化,使远处的人或物清晰可见,或使近景从清晰到虚拟。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MoEId6Aa0oGAw8xGCKPchkGBnyf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主观拍摄:又称主观镜头,即表现剧中人物的主观视线,视觉镜头,往往具有可视化描写心理的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SwAUdy66koSGcsxHYNmc6qU3nh6"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"相机的运动。","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7864ad72c2db48baa6c836a1e33aefdb","width":1024},"text":"","id":"Fcwadk4OMoUQ0MxAP2Cc9B29nRh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ROUmdMU6ooKmwgx6Fs4cCXjHnkb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"后期制作","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K4I4dAeaKoOQA8xSSJWcWU1Dnoe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"后期制作流程","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ROoOd8YMSomaGcx4RawcBWYqnVL"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"将视频转录进电脑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TYkYdk8isoUe4axQ7nhctbwmnLb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"通常使用USB、火线接口或者其他接口就能完成。不管你用什么方式,确保你把所有东西都上载进电脑并且储存在同一个目录下。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QiAEd4WSkogESIxeJLMcdowGnKj"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"将视频转录进电脑","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a7510b9b74f24da2ac564c6934386e53","width":1023},"text":"","id":"CE2mdKY8moI2kExG27AcuPszn9b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"开启编辑软件","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JkaodUsmMooKUYxYh1Gcs9AonWb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不管你使用的是Sony Vegas、iMovie、Adobe Premiere、Final Cut Pro,还是其他高端的软件,奇迹将在此发生。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IEimd4GMSocYa4xWSJFcDFP6n4m"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"开启编辑软件","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4c5331d8c1594b0eb807331633f4cebb","width":1024},"text":"","id":"PeeeduWaWoCmCwxyWGgcWZ32n7c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"使用最好的素材","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OKCsd0YUioM0qIxUBgOcadmSn7d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"从头到尾地看你的拍摄,每个带子都要看,找到最好的。运用视频中收到的音来与音乐轨迹相匹配。不必担心音轨中有轻微的噪音,因为这并不是你的最终视频。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BUYydo0kcoggikxY5XkcZItSnLb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"使用最好的素材","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/049f9a7f7efb46ec86f5b6c1363b38a8","width":1024},"text":"","id":"Gcm0dwEM4oOQIYxqPhecE9knnfb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"将音轨覆盖在画面中","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XW42d68woocM0SxG2P9cib43nsh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"随着音轨的上载,查看画面和音乐是否同步。一般来说它们会很接近,但不会完美同步的。做一些细小的调整,让画面与声音和谐——这点对于有乐队","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"出境","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"的画面尤其重要,因为稍有差池就会十分明显。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"V88MduESuoaI6kxQPM5c8Wkdnee"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"将音轨覆盖在画面中","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/91a90e2cf9d048babfb17b8c04f264d8","width":1024},"text":"","id":"ZecidySakoEWY6xOKclcnPmdnpg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"视频中加入片头","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Hmcade8oCoqyikxS2oqczdG3nue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以前的MV通常都会在片头打出歌曲名称、歌手名字、 唱片公司和MV导演名字。现在的一些歌手选择把这些信息作“电影化”的处理。可以和你的工作团队、演员、乐队们讨论下是否要加上这些信息。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"L4M4d68WWowuMaxMHXlchIHAnIf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":682,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频中加入片头","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/38fdbd55d3fa453aa12de2b4b5e4c185","width":1024},"text":"","id":"Gm0OdW2qwoSW0oxugk5cs3dMn2c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"剪辑技巧","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HckYdw2YqocwM6xqMa1cgKxLnTb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"音频","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WyKgd4s6oo282SxotOGcxduXnRd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、如果mv拍摄中有多个音频,没有特殊需要的话,保持其音量一致。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EewUd86s0oiwKixExVnc8Im8nfc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、如果mv拍摄是纯音乐配画面的,疾配快,缓配慢。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KYOQdwCAso0O08xywhHcU21anEf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、如果mv拍摄是有歌词的音乐,歌词内容配画面的同时,疾配快,缓配慢。建议歌词先铺在轨道上,因为只有歌词的预览是不会卡的,就算你128内存用PRE,都不会卡。调整,让歌词字幕符合歌词音频,这样铺视频的时候,将相关视频对准一句句歌词就很方便了。会 没有音波显示,糟糕一点,只好边预览边听边调整了,有音波显示的MV制作软件就方便很多。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JieOdWSUQogkGYxMVo5c6XHRnpc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"视频与音频关联","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MsWqdIY0AoYmCgxeKihceiIungb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、歌词内容配画面,不一定所有的都匹配(不是原唱歌很难做到这点),但要保证能配的都配上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Dmi8dOaAaoAyUIxgvvicItPBnAc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、两句歌词之间、歌词与前/见/尾奏之间、节奏变换点,等等地方,视频画面要变换。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TQEad6qgeoEUmSxSECJcjGiHnld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、快节奏的歌,快节奏的地方,视频要时时变换符合节奏——即使,你变换的画面让人第一遍欣赏时看不清内容。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZIKkdqWiSoEuYIxoTHTcSrEAnrh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"视频","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TY2Yd8KaSoKkw0xCCLBcqidcnrh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、摄影上取镜范围不变、焦距不变、人物动作基本不变的“静态”视频,比如说话、沉思、特写一类,在没有滤镜、遮罩点缀的情况下,最好不要超过3秒,除非是特殊需要。拉、推、跟镜头、变焦的摄影画面是mv拍摄片源的首选。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MYmSd6qoSoAGCIxie88cu77znHe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、人物的近景与特写在一个mv拍摄中不要出现过多(哪怕是不同的人),远、中、近、前、后景要分布合理,适当放一些风景、或者主角不在的空镜头。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZQU4dsyQAoK6KUx2BqTcIwyEndc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、片源如果有黑边,最好统一修剪掉;不修剪的话,不得使用三维、翻页之类让黑边出现在画面中心地带的转场,不得在画中画边缘出现黑边。黑边的存在,还将影响一些滤镜的效果,比如说平均滤镜——狭窄的黑边同样被模糊,一模糊就放大更明显了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JiiSdciAcoS4Oix2BlLc6b4unwK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、尽量不要出现类台标状的东西,实在没办法用光线、光晕、修剪滤镜之类的遮一下。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DUwkd20YEoyQIkxiOMgcCKdVnqg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、不要天花乱缀式地使用花哨的转场,不要全程用夺目的闪光转场,转场只是点缀,不是mv拍摄主体。一般的淡化转场应该是使用频率最高的。其他,强音“爆炸”使用粉碎转场,回忆、闪回使用闪光转场,等等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JgAkdEUgCoGkksxCizhcXBNwnCb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、对白、名字字幕问题按着需要办,想让人看清字幕的,就选带字幕的视频;不想让人看见的,做全程宽屏的MV,或者想办法遮掉有字幕的视频,用歌词、滤镜都能遮。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CmukdoqEgoGi0wxuUq8cbaxAnre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、不要把一个mv拍摄的内容“塞”得很满,有的视频,即使镜头很完美,如果mv拍摄不需要,删。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UkqKdQOqqogiAex2oi3coRGmn1X"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、不要留念人物很帅很帅的镜头,该转场的时候一定要转。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"M8Kcdi6UcoGQ4ExYz6JcUGqenWb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9、没有特殊需要,视频速度的调整,不小于50%,不大于125%,否则将出现明显的人为加工痕迹。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DsIAdsiu4oYYa8x2J6tciTaonQh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"10、想表现一件事,要选画面上最合适、让人一目了然的镜头。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WccodwQaioaWoqxuowlcF7URnOe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"视频选景","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YsyQd0Eq2ogYQqxI9M3c4hPOnGK"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、做集锦的,分配客观,不因自己喜好偏于哪个角色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KSeqdmaiUo0AeexgZiocNoQGnbd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、做单人的,不要把镜头一直给在主角身上,尤其不要一直给说话近景,也要给一些主角的远景、与他人的合景、相关的空镜头。如果该主角只有近景,那,滤镜遮罩有什么用什么,人为加工出MV的层次,至少给出主角近景身后的全景。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KIcEdCiGso66AYxOEDVcxHyDnld"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、没有特殊需要,电视一角色多演员的,最好只给其中一个演员的近景;一演员多角色的,在一个MV中不要出现代表两个角色的演员近景。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CaUodooMKoYSAqxe4DVcwTnbnwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、乱真。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NiGydEk2OougWMxEVw9c8Ygjnfd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、打斗场面,如果原片拍得很差,切换镜头要频繁,无转场的硬切也好,10桢的交叉淡化转场也好,另外适当加快视频速度,切出来的打会好看些。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EaE6dKwq2oGIEYxCwqmcV0KfnVf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、空镜头——天空太阳夕阳月亮云层山岳江水浪花旗帜,是合适的就拿来用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YqUWdACIoosCsQxes5kcQJsRnfc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":375,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"视频选景","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/60becfd02d134450a96332f8672536ae","width":500},"text":"","id":"YaeOdwQmQokaquxEFuNcllJrnve"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"拍摄注意细节","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KoScdwmAiowiYqxyqK9cbnGendg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"MV可以简单的看做是“为歌曲拍摄的宣传片”;因为MV并非只是局限在电视上,还可以通过手机、网络、公众号的方式发布,所以MV就逐渐成为很多企事业单位喜爱的一种宣传推广形式。那么,拍摄MV需要注意哪些细节呢?","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SAYGdeUaEokee4xgnuucgTignzb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、整体画面及节奏的表现力","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Omusdkga4oCkOyxaQnGcH51Mnrd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"好的创意与拍摄画面、音乐节奏不仅可以使一条MV主题鲜明,唯美动听、赏心悦目,让观众对音乐电视中展现的内容和品牌留下美好的印象,更能为企业扩大市场知名度,增添品牌美誉度,建立人们对企业的良好印象。因此,MV画面与音乐节奏的表现力是非常重要的环节。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZYuwdeoA6o6G82xmkv2cc6Aanob"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、做到一片多用","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EKEedescCoiMIKxaWcxcupwjnJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"MV不是单纯的某个产品介绍,而是展现整个企业综合实力的传播。所以音乐电视要做到“一片多用”,即要在体现品牌形象方面能取得明显成效,又要为市场推广发挥独特的作用,此外在网上或电视上循环播放,能让人们更多的知道企业,增强对企业品牌的熟悉度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LUiKdOk6UoUQakxSM8CcpyPEnUg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、要广泛传播","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UYwidQu4Qos60ixY36VclsS9nyL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"时下,许多企业不惜花上千万的巨资请形象代言人拍摄MV,却对后续的投放费用卡的非常的紧。在音乐电视制作完成之后,即应该多方位进行广泛传播,才能收到理想的宣传效果。譬如:在电视上发布、在网站上推广、在企业新闻发布会上播放等,也可以分发、邮寄给企业的客户或者有意合作的潜在客户,让客户在深入了解企业或者产品的基础上,增加对企业品牌的认知度和信任度,从而为双方合作打下坚实的基础。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VGQAdcgmmo4aA4xMhiHcnDKJnjg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":683,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"拍摄注意细节","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/18d6f509ae644017803778345f5b1f73","width":1024},"text":"","id":"PsESdcMIoo2geQxQlZgcExvEnlg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AoGsdIiiCou6AQxKsINcAejznyf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KI8Edio84o0SISx6K3McB0binsh"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E5h是什么化学溶液?
异戊巴比妥的化学命名采用芳杂环嘧啶作母体。按照命名规则,应把最能表明结构性质的官能团酮基放在母体上。为了表示酮基(=O)的结构,在环上碳2,4,6均应有连接两个键的位置,故采用添加氢(Added Hydrogen)的表示方法。
所谓添加氢,实际上是在原母核上增加一对氢(即减少一个双键),表示方法是在结构特征位置的邻位用带括号的H表示。 本例的结构特征为酮基,因有三个,即表示为2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)嘧啶三酮。
2,4,6是三个酮基的位置,1,3,5是酮基的邻位。 该环的编号依杂环的编号,使杂原子最小,则第五位为两个取代基的位置,取代基从小排到大,故命名为5-乙基-5(3-甲基丁基)-2,4,6 (1H,3H,5H) 嘧啶三酮。
地西泮中的2H同理。
如何学习书法?
书法有硬笔书法与毛笔书法之分,硬笔指的就是那种笔头坚硬的笔,例如钢笔、中性笔、铅笔、圆珠笔等,而毛笔的笔尖非常柔软有弹性。硬笔的线条表现可以借鉴毛笔的笔法,所以如果要认真学书法,建议先学毛笔书法。
区别与联系
两者的区别
毛笔书法和硬笔书法有着不一样的地方,以下是他们的区别。
材质不同
毛笔多用羊,兔,鸡,黄鼠狼等动物的毫毛制成的,所以笔尖比较软,而硬笔则以金铜铁等硬质材料制成,所以笔头比较硬,例如常见的钢笔、中性笔、铅笔、圆珠笔等。
线条质感不同
毛笔线条质感柔软丰润,笔画或飘若行云或雄厚稳健,刚柔相济、有血有肉。由于毛笔伸缩性大,笔头可舒可敛,所以其笔画宽窄,大小悬殊线面并用表现丰富。而硬笔的笔迹质感坚实挺秀,骨感强烈,硬笔笔尖开合能力较小,笔画粗细均匀,线条明快简约。
用途不同
毛笔书法一般字形较大,篇幅较大,易于欣赏,适用于练字作画,并且多适合写大字,而硬笔比较适合练习小楷等等,而且书写方便还便于修改,基本不受纸张限制,故广泛用于各行各业。
两者的联系
硬笔书法之所以被称为书法,是因为它和毛笔书法之间有着不可分割的联系。
1、 他们都是以汉字为载体,把汉字作为表现对象。
2、 两者虽然笔法不同,但结构规律和章法基本一致。
3、 硬笔的线条可以借鉴毛笔的笔法。
学习毛笔书法
古人云:“取法乎上,仅得其中,取法乎中,仅得乎下”。
毛笔书法是中国沿袭千年的文化艺术,凝结了中华民族的智慧,是一门独特的线条造型艺术,被誉为“无言的诗,无形的舞,无图的画,无声的乐”。一支毛笔,界破虚空,在纸上挥洒出千变万化的线条,能给书写者和观赏者带来莫大的精神享受。
准备学习工具
初学者想要学好毛笔字,首先需要准备一些写毛笔字用到的文房四宝等工具。
主要材料和工具如下:
1、毛笔:笔的大小、笔锋长短、笔毫的软硬都要根据自己所写字体来选择;
2、墨:墨汁建议选择好一些的,有利于行笔;
3、纸:宣纸,生宣熟宣以及几成熟都是根据字体来选择,具体可以咨询售卖的店家。同时建议刚开始使用毛边纸练习,节约成本;
4、砚:主要用于盛墨汁及蘸笔、舔笔;
5、笔洗:盛清水,用于清洗毛笔;
6、毡子:毛毡,垫在纸下面,防止弄脏书案,以及“跑墨”;
7、镇纸:压住纸张,可减少纸张的皱褶对写字的影响;
8、此外,根据需要,还有笔架、印章、印泥、字帖等。
工具介绍
1、毛笔
所谓文房四宝中的第一件那就是“笔”,学习毛笔书法,我们当然要准备好毛笔这个最基本的物件,我们在选择毛笔上要注意毛笔的大、中、小之分,不同大小的毛笔,对于创作的作品,写出的字也是有所不同的,像特大的斗笔和提笔,就适合书写一些匾额或者是大字。
毛笔也可以按笔锋来分,毛笔有长锋、中锋、短锋之分,长锋写出的书法作品线条比较流畅,短锋写出的作品比较浑厚,中锋写出的作品中和了长锋和短锋毛笔的优点,所以初学毛笔书法的朋友们,比较建议选择狼毫中锋毛笔,比较方便日常的练习,更容易上手。
毛笔的种类
硬毫笔笔性刚健,毛弹性较大,常见的有兔毫、狼毫、鼠须、石獾毫、山马毫、猪鬃等。
A、兔毫笔历史悠久,在长沙出土的战国笔就是用兔毫制成的。它是将笔干一头劈开数片,把笔头插入后再用丝线紧扎而成。兔毫又分紫毫和花白两种。紫毫是取兔子背脊(又称箭毫)和尾巴上的毫毛制成,质软而毫健。花白比较挺利,不如紫毫柔软。
B、狼毫笔这里的“狼”不是动物园里的那种狼,而是黄鼠狼。用黄鼠狼身上和尾巴上的毛制成的笔,弹性比兔毫笔稍软,比羊毫笔硬,只是质较脆,不耐摩擦。
C、鼠须笔是用老鼠的胡须做成,所以性能坚挺。相传东晋王羲之就是用鼠须笔写《兰亭序》的。
其他硬毫笔,如山马毫、石獾毫、猪鬃笔等,笔性特别坚硬,一般初学者尚未掌握运笔规律,不易选用。
软毫笔笔性柔软。软毫笔的弹性较小,较柔软。一般用羊毫、鸡毫、胎毫等软毫制成。
A、羊毫笔羊毫笔是用山羊毫制成,其性能软于紫毫笔,由于羊毫较细、较长,适宜于写大楷及擘窠大字。
B、鸡毫笔鸡毫笔是用雄鸡前胸之毛制成,其性能软于羊毫。
C、胎毫笔胎毫是初生婴儿的头发,其性能极柔软。南朝萧子云就使用过胎毫笔,可见其历史之悠久。
D、兼毫笔笔性介于硬软毫之间。兼毫笔用硬毫、软毫集在一起,刚柔并济。
好的毛笔的要求:
1、笔毫聚合时,笔锋要能收尖。
2、将笔头沾水捏扁,笔端的毛整齐无不齐现象。
3、笔肚周围,笔毫饱满圆润,呈圆锥状,不扁不瘦。
4、笔毛有弹性,笔毛铺开后易于收拢,笔力要健。
2、墨汁
古人多是在写字前先磨墨,现在写书法多选用墨汁,写起来要简单省力很多,练字的墨汁和创作作品不同,可以按自己的经济情况,选择自己经济条件能够接受的墨汁即可,练习毛笔书法不是一朝一夕可以练习好的,所以墨汁也是一个消耗品。
3、宣纸
练习书法常用的是宣纸,宣纸大家在选择的时候要注意,宣纸分为生宣、熟宣、半生半熟宣纸,不同工艺制作而成的宣纸,写出来的效果也是不同的,初学者比较建议选择半生半熟的宣纸,比较适合书法的书写和练习。
4、砚台
砚台是用来盛放墨汁的,古代人是要用砚台来磨墨,可我们现在写书法基本用的都是墨汁,所以在砚台的选择上,我们可以选择带盖子及水槽的火锅砚,这样可以让我们的墨汁干得慢一些,不会照成不必要的浪费。
火锅砚中间部位是用来放墨汁的,外圈一圈是用来加水的,每次写完字后,直接用盖子盖好,这样可以减慢墨汁干硬的速度,方便我们下次使用,对于初学者每日练习书法还是很适用的,不需要每天去重新加墨汁,既帮我们节约了时间,也帮我们节约了墨汁,不会照成浪费。
5、毛毡
练习毛笔书法,我们是用毛笔蘸取墨汁书写的,所以为了防止有墨汁透过纸弄脏桌子,所以建议大家配上一块毛毡,写字前先将毛毡铺在桌子上,然后再铺上宣纸练字。
6、镇纸
镇纸是我们在练习书法的时候,用来压住纸张,防止纸张晃动移位的,镇纸的材质也比较多,价格上差距也比较大,大家根据自己的喜好选择即可。
7、笔搁
笔搁也叫笔托,我们在练习书法的时候,毛笔上是沾了墨汁的,这个时候你如果将毛笔放在桌子上,或者纸上,毛笔上的墨汁就会把桌子或者宣纸弄脏,所以我们要准备一个笔搁,在我们写累了,暂时不写的时候,将带着墨汁的毛笔放在笔搁上,给我们一个放笔的地方。
8、笔架
笔架是用来悬挂毛笔的,我们每天练习完书法,会将用过的毛笔清洗干净,为了下次使用起来方便,我们可以将毛笔挂在笔架上,这样我们下次书写的时候,就比较方便我们选择自己需要的毛笔了,笔架即是放置毛笔的支架,也是一种装饰摆件,大家可以根据自己的喜好来选择自己中意的笔架。
9、字帖
字帖是我们练字临摹用到的模板,在选择字帖上大家可以根据自己的喜好来选择,每个人对于不同的书法字体的喜好都有所不同,所以大家可以根据自己的喜好来选择,我个人比较建议初学者从唐楷入手练习。
学写毛笔书法
学习书法首先要有一个正确的书写姿势,要求头正、身直、臂开、足安;
其次就是掌握正确的执笔方法,只有这样才能更好地学习书法。执笔方法的正确与否,直接关系到书写的效果,所以历代书家都很重视握笔姿势。
握笔姿势
现代学习书法所谓正确的握笔姿势指的是就是“五指握笔法”。
五指握笔法简单的说就是五个手指都有各自的用途。
大拇指握笔时候应该起到一个按的力量,力的方向是食指和中指的中间部分。
食指握笔的时候是起到了一个勾的力量,力的方向是大拇指方向。
中指握笔第一二节包裹的笔管,三指其实就可以拿住笔了。
无名和小拇指起到的一个稳定扶住的作用。
握笔姿势图
我们可以根据一套正确的握笔姿势图来学习一下拿毛笔时正确的握笔姿势。
1.右手伸开手掌,四指自然并拢,大拇指自然向上。
2.自然的将右手无名和小拇指进行弯曲,并中指食指,自然稍有弯曲。
3.左手拿笔直接放到中指和无名指处,垂直右手拿笔。
4.大拇指按压笔管,感受上面我们我们讲的几个手指的作用。
经常学习毛笔的话有几天的时间手指就会习惯拿笔的姿势,前期可能会有所不舒服,只要掌握好几个手指的位置和力量,稍加练习就学会了,以上就是拿毛笔时正确的握笔姿势。
练习笔画
初学毛笔书法,我们往往不知道从哪方面入手,怎么去学。不少人一开始就临摹字字帖,这当然可以,但没有领悟到书法的精髓。那么,对于初学毛笔书法,我建议要分五步来学。
第一步,首先学写“横”的笔画。横分为短、中、长三种,短横要粗,长横要细,中要匀。要把握横的起笔和落笔要领,也就是露锋和回锋(藏锋)的技巧。起笔要慢,走锋要匀,收笔要慢而有劲,不拖泥带水。
第二步,要学好“竖”的笔法,竖主要分为悬针竖和垂露竖,当然还有其他写法,如点竖等。竖的起笔绝大多数是逆锋运笔。关键是竖的收笔,悬针竖收笔如飞机离开跑道一样,轻轻收笔露尖。垂露竖侧行笔至末端轻轻回笔稍顿藏锋,如一个人走到路的尽头伸个懒腰再往回走。
第三步,要学好“点”的几种写法,点的写法一般分为左点、右点、长点。点的写法看似简单,实际很讲笔锋。有些是笔锋轻入重出,如右点、左点,要求起笔轻而细,收笔重而有形,就如打太极拳一样。
第四步,要注意横、竖、点的头尾比例,哪头大哪头小,做到心中有数,行笔才有形。另外,还要把握笔划之间的间隔和连接要领掌握好。
第五步,要把握字的偏旁部首的基础写法,基础不牢地动山摇。偏旁部首写好了,才能认真去领悟字体的结构,笔划少的字要浑厚方正,笔划多的字要精细雅致。
熟悉结构
优美的结构也是书法艺术的核心,结构可以分为:主次、布白和变化三部分
1、主次。
任何事物都有主次之分,书法也讲究主次分明。一字之中总有一至三个突出的重点笔,这些笔画一般要求写得舒展挺拔,凸显整字精神,其他笔画要稍收敛一些。
2、变化。
变化如同一片森林,找不到完全相同的两棵树,一棵树上找不到完全相同的两片树叶。书法上也要求有变化。如长短、轻重、粗细、大小、角度、快慢变化等,变则生。
3、布白。
布白均匀,一字之中笔画分布均匀,空间分割平均。篆刻中讲“分朱布白”、“计白当黑”,正是此意。
临摹字帖
学写字应先从楷书或隶书入手。掌握各种笔法后再学其它书体就有了基础。临帖是练好字的必需手段。不临帖,全凭自己想法随意写,是上不了路子的。学写毛笔字一定要有恒心与毅力,要持之以恒,戒骄戒躁,不能一曝十寒。
学好书法要点
1、练眼
练眼即认真读帖,读帖是学习书法过程中的一种手段也是一种能力的培养。读的帖越多,眼力提高得就会越快,就知道了如何才写好,好在哪里?眼高手低也是练不好字的,是因为他发现了美而不能通过手去表现,美也成了天方夜谭了。
2、练脑
孔子曰:“学而不思则岡,思而学则殆”。我们在练字的时候,要深入观察,仔细分析古人的笔法与技法,把写得好的范字形体深深地刻在大脑里,无论何时,一旦提到这个字,马上就会想出生这个字在字帖上的形状,要做到脑中有字帖,胸有成竹,一挥而就。
3、练手
练字必须要心手合一,练手就要达到心手一致。练手同时也提高了眼力与脑力,还锻炼了手腕的发力及手威。练手感是让大脑去指挥手的灵活性与表现力,感觉到了笔便成了手的一部分,轻重快慢运用自如,写出你想要表达的效果。
4、练习章法
书法讲究章法,注重章法之美,不同的布局,可以形成不同的艺术风格。如有的章法大小疏密,错落其间,如郑板桥的书体。有的章法行间茂密,左右映带。如王羲之的《兰亭序》。有的章法富于韵律,结构与意境之美。好的书法能给人一种美的享受。
书法练习要有恒心,有毅力,要练好扎实在基本功。须知:一日练功一日功,一日不练十日空。在掌握了字体结构的基础上,可以选择自己喜欢的字体坚持不懈的练下去,轻易不要变换字体。因为一旦变换字体,又得从头练起。要学用结合,练写合一,很多人练字的时候写得很好,实际应用的时候不按照规范、瞎写一气,这们是永远练不好字的。练过的字平时用到了,应该写的像练时那样好,练一个用一个,在用中学,在学中用,学用结合才能练好字。
学习硬笔书法
准备学习工具
硬笔书法之所以叫作硬笔书法,就是因为它的书写工具不像毛笔那样笔头是软的,需要人们依靠强大的臂力,技巧来控制。它是坚硬的笔头,只需要通过一定的练习掌握书写技巧,就可以写出不错的汉字。
学习硬笔书法,常用的书写工具
1 、笔
硬笔书法的书写工具包括钢笔、铅笔、圆珠笔等,多数人练字会选用钢笔。
工具介绍
铅笔
铅笔作为硬笔书法书写工具的一种,其实是有着一些优势的,铅笔的主要成分是铅和石墨,这在物理特性上就让它有着可以擦除,重复书写的优势,尤其在启蒙教育、中小学教育中,铅笔是有着无可比拟的优势的。不单单这样,由于铅和石墨的混合,使得铅笔的书写体验很流畅,书写起来毫不费力,可以很轻松地达到自己想要的效果。所以铅笔是比较适合初学者练习的。但铅笔的缺陷是易折断、易褪色。
钢笔
钢笔的优点也很多,也是比较适合练字的。钢笔练字能体现力度和笔锋,可以顿笔、收笔,还能写出接近毛笔的效果来。但钢笔价格较高、蓄墨比较麻烦、携带不便等。
刚开始练字的时候可以先使用铅笔,练习控笔的技巧,到一定程度后再转而开始使用钢笔练字。使用铅笔时,一定要削好铅笔,铅笔不要削得太尖也不要太粗。刚刚削好的铅笔如果太尖就在废纸上轻轻划几下,如果写粗了,可以转动铅笔,换个方向写。
不介意使用中性笔,中性笔书写时需要有一个下压的力量,这会导致学习运笔动作时多了一个影响因素。同时中性笔出锋靠的是压力变化,这也导致学习者的习惯在硬笔中并不通用。
2 、纸
纸张包括一般复印纸、专用硬笔书法纸、格子纸,纸张的选择原则是不渗纸为佳,有时候在购买硬笔纸张时,用钢笔写字就会有洇墨的现象,可先试试。格子纸是厂家印刷好的,方便书写。
硬笔书法入门,方格纸作为入门练字纸最为恰当,同时,蒙肯纸书写性能最具有通用性且价格低廉,所以建议使用方格蒙肯书法练习纸。
3 、墨水
德国笔都可以用凌美T52,福林812也可以用鸵鸟墨水。至于彩墨,戴阿米等如雷贯耳。
4 、书法垫
硅胶硬笔书法垫,有助于保持纸面平整和良好的写感。
5 、字帖
我一贯主张根据个性选择字帖。不过入门时候,不外乎三种选择:卢中南楷书基础,赵孟頫道德经,文征明草堂十志。文征明的字笔法简单,套路清晰,更容易入门。
学写硬笔书法
硬笔书法具有广泛的群众基础,哪怕是一个小学生,在初学写字时都要按照一定的规则进行硬笔书法的学习和训练,因为这不仅是一个人的“门面”,更是学生的“卷面分”。下面介绍下如何才能在零基础的情况下,写好硬笔字。
正确的姿势
正确的握笔姿势
正确的握笔姿势,用右手的拇指、食指的指肚和中指的侧面分别从三个不同方向捏住笔杆的下端,使之形成合力。无名指和小指自然弯曲,手腕轻贴桌面,以形成安稳的“支撑点”。
正确的执笔步骤是,四点执笔→两指捏紧→形如鸡蛋。
正确的握笔方法,笔杆放在拇指、食指和中指的三个指梢之间,食指在前,拇指在左后,中指在右下,食指应较拇指低些,手指尖应距笔尖约3厘米。笔杆与作业本保持六十度的倾斜,掌心虚圆,指关节略弯曲。
如果幼儿握笔方法不正确,握笔太低,不仅写字时手容易疲劳,还会因握笔太低挡住视线,因而是扭身歪头,引起坐姿不良、眼与物距离过近。笔是孩子学习的必需用具。孩子主要用铅笔写字,握笔的方法和写字的姿势是否正确,和笔杆的长短也有一定关系。笔杆太短,为了能看得清楚,只好低歪着头、扭着身子写字。因此,当铅笔用到原长的1/2时,应加笔帽,以增加其长度。
常见的错误执笔姿势
1、抱拳锄地、书写费劲。
2、虎口执笔、动作僵硬。
3、四指捏笔、运笔吃力。
4、勾腕执笔、运转不灵。
正确的写字姿势:身体坐正,两腿自然平放,头和上身稍向前倾,胸部离桌子一拳,两臂平放在桌面。右手执笔写字,左手按纸,纸要放正。要配备高矮合适的桌椅。当写字时,首先注意姿势,然后再纠正错误姿势。只要持之以恒,一定能掌握正确的执笔方法和写字姿势。
练习笔画
笔画是汉字组成的基本要素,不懂得基本笔画的形状、形态和行笔方法,就根本不能谈论书法,要想把字写得美观,写好笔画是前提。汉字笔画有横、竖、撇、捺、点、钩、提、折八种基本笔画,另外还有组合笔画,书写时一定要用心观察笔画的角度及长短变化,练好基本笔画,汉字也就写好了一半。
点
点像一个水滴,但它不是画出来的,而是写出来的。轻笔入纸后,逐渐加重力量向右下写去,最后在收笔时重压下去,会形成“水肚”,一个点的形状就出来了。
注意,写点的时候有三个步骤,一是轻入纸,二是向右下行,三是重收笔。
点是汉字最基本的笔画之一,它可以出现在汉字的上下左右,里外边角各个部位,其方向有向左、向右、向上、向下等。
我们要学习和掌握6种点的写法:斜点、垂点、撇点、上下点、相向点、相背点。
1、斜点:空中落笔,向右下运笔,至末端顿笔收笔,略带斜势。
2、垂点:空中落笔,向左下运笔,至末端顿笔回收。
3、撇点:起笔后下按,稍顿,向左下撇出。注意起笔至撇出要果断轻盈,用力渐弱,一气呵成。
4、上下点:写法同斜点,由上下两点组成,上点小,下点大。
5、相向点:一般用于字头,右点的起点要高于左边的点。
6、相背点:一般用于字底,起笔要平齐,落笔左点高右点低。
以上就是基本笔画的六个点画,在练习的时候一定要注意用笔的轻重缓急,沉稳坚定。要想写得好还得勤加练习哦!
横画
横 是我们写字中最常见,写的最多的基本笔画之一。横有六种横,长横,中横,短横,左尖横,右尖横。
横画在起笔时先要顿笔入纸,再向右方行笔,最后收笔时,再顿一下,形成收笔状态。注意,横画的姿态并不是水平平直的,而是要向右上方倾斜一点角度才好看。
“长横”的写法:下笔稍重,然后向右上方行笔,行笔时轻轻提起,收笔时重按一下,让笔画变重些,这样看起来显得平稳。“横平竖直”不是说横要水平,而是看上去要平稳的意思。
“短横”的写法:短横有两种不同的写法,一种下笔稍按后向右上行笔,粗细变化不大;一种是入笔较轻,向右上行笔时逐渐加重收笔。
中横的写法,比长横短,但比短横长。
斜横,笔画长度跟长横一样,但笔画往右上方倾斜,且角度大。
左尖横,笔画左尖右粗。
右尖横,笔画左粗右尖。
竖画
竖画的写法:竖画分为两种,一种是悬针竖,另一种是垂露竖。这两种竖画的起笔写法都是相同的,顿笔入纸,垂直向下行笔,在收笔时,悬针竖要逐渐提笔,使笔尖走在笔画的中间,最后形成像针尖一样的状态,而垂露竖在收笔时不提笔,保持同样的力量大小,收笔处回一下笔锋即可。
撇捺画的写法:这两个笔画写法是一样的,只不过姿态方向不一。撇画是顿笔入纸后,向左方由重到轻行笔,直到收笔时形成一个尖的形状,捺画是轻笔入纸,逐渐加重,最后收笔时要顿一笔,再向右外方由重到轻送出笔。
撇有斜撇、短撇、竖撇之分。
斜撇:斜撇的写法是,下笔稍重,由重到轻向左下行笔,收笔时出尖
短撇:短撇写法同斜撇,只是笔画较短。短撇在字头出现时,笔画形态较平(也有叫做平撇的),如“千、反、禾、后、丢”等字;短撇和撇点有时可以互换,特别是在字的左下部位出现时,往往写成撇点,如“真、典、只”等字。
竖撇:竖撇下笔稍重,由重到轻向下行笔,行至撇的长度三分之二处,向左下撇出,收笔时出尖。带风字头的字(如风、凤、凰、凡等)的竖撇弧度更大,需注意区别。
捺有斜捺和平捺之分。
斜捺:下笔较轻,向右下由轻到重行笔,行至捺脚处重按笔,然后向右水平方向由重到轻提笔拖出,收笔出尖。
平捺:写法同斜捺,但下笔时先要写一小短横,然后再向右下方向行笔。
汉字的结构
在有了一定字形基础后,可逐渐向复杂字形延伸学习。因为汉字间架结构非常多,包括上下结构、上中下结构、左右结构、左中右结构、独体字等等,其训练原则是由易到难、由简单到复杂的顺序来学习。
具体结构分析
一、上、下结构
剧有主角配角、画有近景远景,字有主笔和次笔。上下结构由两部分组成,我们要分析出来主笔和次笔,主笔也就是伸展笔画,是在上部还是下部,上下结构的字伸展笔画一般只讨论横向伸展。
上下结构主笔原则
横向伸展笔画相排斥,上下两部分只能有一处伸展笔画,要么上宽下窄,要么上窄下宽。
A、上下部有横向伸展笔画,以下部伸展优先。如图A
B、下部没有横向笔画,上部有横向笔画,让上部伸展。如图B
C、上下部都没有横向笔画,保持字体固有形态。如图C
伸展类型
A、不变得偏旁
伸展笔画始终伸展。如下图
B、变化得偏旁
a 、位置不变,随其他笔画变化而变化。
下部有伸展笔画,以下部伸展笔画优先。如下图
b、位置变化(伸展笔画不同)
二、左右结构
1、在现代汉字中,左右结构的字占65%左右,左右结构的字以抑左扬右(左收右放)的原则。
2、伸展原则
A、左右有横定收缩。如图A
B、左右有竖(非贯通整个字的竖画)定伸展。如图B
C、左右都有纵向伸展笔画,右部伸展优先。如图C
D、左右都有横,右部伸展优先。如图D
三、独体字结构
独体字太多不一一讲解,总的原则是
1、左收右放
2、找准伸展笔画
3、讲究黑白平衡,就是字笔画的平衡和留白的平衡。
汉字间结构规律
1、整齐端正,中心平稳;
2、笔画匀称,疏密得宜;
3、比例恰当,形态自然;
4、点画呼应,气势连贯;
5、笔画避就,偏旁迎让;
6、俯仰有致,向背分明;
7、中宫收紧,主画舒展;
8、同画异写,同形求变。
单字训练
在进行单字练习时,应当本着由易到难的原则进行。先选择一些简单书写的、笔画少的字来练习,如“口”、“木”、“三”、“交”、“永”等,它们中间既有笔画组合,也是字形训练的基础。练习时主要采取精准临摹为佳,许多人在学习初期采用描红的方法,值得推荐给入门学习者。
章法训练
章法就是硬笔书法的作品形式安排,例如如何写一首唐诗的硬笔书法作品,就要涉及到行、列字数、行数、列数的安排,其主要原则是:排列整齐、行列对齐。正文与落款要符合书法的基本要求。尤其是在落款时,要写上年月和姓名,有印章的话,也要盖上印章最好,这就是一幅完整的书法作品了。
章法训练时,可借鉴或临摹其他人的作品,等自己熟练了以后,再逐步过渡到自己的创作中。
总之,硬笔书法入门最困难的是要过临摹关,这个时期是打基础的阶段,只有把这个基础打牢靠了,后面的书写才会形成良好的习惯,进入到书写或创作中就不再困难了。
写好书法要点
1、明确目的, 端正态度,下定练好字的决心。
要充分认识练字的重大意义,树立想学、愿学、刻苦学好的信心,排除思想障碍,坚决改正不良的书写习惯。如果认为写字好坏无关紧要,当然就不会认真学。如果单凭兴趣去学,也往往会一遇到困难, 就松懈下来,半途而废。所以,立志是写好字的前提。
2、培养兴趣,增强信心。
要学好一门知识或技术,首先要喜欢它,要有兴趣。兴趣有先天的,也有后天培养起来的。要培养一个人的兴趣,关键在于要有培养这种兴趣的条件。
3、勤加练习,熟能生巧。
时间充裕的时候可多做些大幅的临摹练习或是创作,零散的时间可做些个别难字的练习,没有笔和纸的情况下可以做“划地划被”(以枝条为笔在地面上书写)和“书空”练习(用手指在空中默写临摹过的范字)。总之,只有多加练习,自己的书法才能写的好。
%3Chowto_content%3E[{"type":"paragraph","attrs":{"is_abstract":true},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法有硬笔书法与毛笔书法之分,硬笔指的就是那种笔头坚硬的笔,例如","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"钢笔、中性笔、铅笔、圆珠","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"笔等,而毛笔的笔尖非常柔软有弹性。硬笔的线条表现可以借鉴毛笔的笔法,所以如果要认真学书法,建议先学毛笔书法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CwQUd8CwAo04YWxND78cWICvnvx"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"区别与联系","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZMoKdggIoo6GAwxAdjmcrerWnOd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"两者的区别","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RsOWd6iMeo46icxYbuKciOuOnKg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔书法和硬笔书法有着不一样的地方,以下是他们的区别。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Omgod46aGokUQWxOoPvcZBKZn7c"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"材质不同 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CkCQdSo8eo8aI8xSqnAcpGaLnTg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔多用羊,兔,鸡,黄鼠狼等动物的毫毛制成的,所以笔尖比较软,而","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"硬笔","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"则以金铜铁等硬质材料制成,所以笔头比较硬,例如常见的","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"钢笔、中性笔、铅笔、圆珠笔","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RqWwdQuCeoWeeYxsdlecCT5Onlc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"线条质感不同","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OI8GdkigCo8OcOxzOlIczisbnGH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔线条质感柔软丰润,笔画或飘若行云或雄厚稳健,刚柔相济、有血有肉。由于毛笔伸缩性大,笔头","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"可舒可敛","id":""},{"type":"text","text":",所以其笔画宽窄,大小悬殊线面并用表现丰富。而硬笔的笔迹质感坚实挺秀,骨感强烈,硬笔","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"笔尖","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"开合能力较小,笔画粗细均匀,线条明快简约。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NKq8dO4E6oI8aUxOGErcubaMnGU"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"用途不同","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FQagdQAGOoqS8IxmQokc7fGQnac"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔书法一般字形较大,篇幅较大,易于欣赏,适用于练字作画,并且多适合写大字,而硬笔比较适合练习小楷等等,而且书写方便还便于修改,基本不受纸张限制,故广泛用于各行各业。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JuUqdsgoEooqQ4x0IXlcqw4gnGb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GYSMdwgK0ou0WIxE9JOcC4BpnVe"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"两者的联系","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TYQadO4EYoYsaIxYVr5cQcZ8nHe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬笔书法之所以被称为书法,是因为它和毛笔书法之间有着不可分割的联系。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VycSdcCuuoUG44xspu1cYZwSnOc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、 他们都是以汉字为载体,把汉字作为表现对象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VUsgdacwooc4OSxsnK8cnRMDnxb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、 两者虽然笔法不同,但结构规律和章法基本一致。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Y2W2dIoWMoEMmmxkXAyc1jMTnUg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、 硬笔的线条可以借鉴毛笔的笔法。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Nu2YdsCsOomgAKxaXboc07Zfntb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":537,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"两者的联系","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/1445213211a544fd8c1127745b175e58","width":825},"text":"","id":"Q0iudcMoKo0iwSxiCSmcJQ9PnSh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习毛笔书法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FywedMsaiouyi6xuXBQcxmcynpb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"古人云:“取法乎上,仅得其中,取法乎中,仅得乎下”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QwiEduSoAowciWxgRmTcSJEOnVd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔书法是中国沿袭千年的文化艺术,凝结了中华民族的智慧,是一门独特的线条造型","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"艺术,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"被誉为“无言的诗,无形的舞,无图的画,无声的乐”。一支毛笔,界破虚空,在纸上挥洒出千变万化的线条,能给书写者和观赏者带来莫大的精神享受。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VEe8doCAgoAqI2xQh48cONu8ntc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备学习工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IacKdEuU4omEImxSHXDc4we4nmb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学者想要学好毛笔字,首先需要准备一些写毛笔字用到的文房四宝等工具。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TcKOdICUso6Uu8xuS35cpnZDnuc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"主要材料和工具如下:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UcuMdO4I8oEegqxsXQqctcgPnDb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、毛笔:笔的大小、笔锋长短、笔毫的软硬都要根据自己所写字体来选择;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SUemdgO4yog4icxtXsvcPM6onIA"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、墨:墨汁建议选择好一些的,有利于行笔;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IIs0decWQom0EYxOgDcc4499nph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、纸:宣纸,生宣熟宣以及几成熟都是根据字体来选择,具体可以咨询售卖的店家。同时建议刚开始使用毛边纸练习,节约成本;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TOUwda22WoaAQCxWo5LcQBPOnFg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、砚:主要用于盛墨汁及蘸笔、舔笔;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Sk0WdIu4eooGiwxeqHlcuxIrndg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、笔洗:盛清水,用于清洗毛笔;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Xmosd0iCOoiU2uxS6OhcTbeyn8f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、毡子:毛毡,垫在纸下面,防止弄脏书案,以及“跑墨”;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HEwGdSia6oiOeoxGI53cs0ndnRb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、镇纸:压住纸张,可减少纸张的皱褶对写字的影响;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GUoadM8c8o6c0uxOM7fc1BXqnNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、此外,根据需要,还有笔架、印章、印泥、字帖等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KCuCduEakowgIGxCSJ6clBjanrf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YqAQdAwgioMCwUxENYpcNB4CnRf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OMmMdOcoioWoYwxbd2XcQbFtnmm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、毛笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MAeOdUk6qoG6cCxCH7pci43Anfb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":440,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d0a51c1abf124d04bd34c1fb58f80503","width":724},"text":"","id":"PsY4dqiqSooIkGxsDe1c9aZgnmf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"所谓文房四宝中的第一件那就是“笔”,学习毛笔书法,我们当然要准备好毛笔这个最基本的物件,我们在选择毛笔上要注意毛笔的大、中、小之分,不同大小的毛笔,对于创作的作品,写出的字也是有所不同的,像特大的斗笔和提笔,就适合书写一些匾额或者是大字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AwqWd426aowSCexeQmyceNDen0f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔也可以按笔锋来分,毛笔有长锋、中锋、短锋之分,长锋写出的书法作品线条比较流畅,短锋写出的作品比较浑厚,中锋写出的作品中和了长锋和短锋毛笔的优点,所以初学毛笔书法的朋友们,比较建议选择狼毫中锋毛笔,比较方便日常的练习,更容易上手。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ukuwd2iKEoKIQGxuUK9cL7RAnFb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XyuQd8yWao64eIxc4aqcgzf7nyw"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"毛笔的种类","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DWkOdMYKUoqWS2xsNJWcj3zwn9f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬毫笔笔性刚健,毛弹性较大,常见的有兔毫、狼毫、鼠须、石獾毫、山马毫、猪鬃等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WaGwdoIIko0kI4xCMGGcDgHPnnf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A、兔毫笔历史悠久,在长沙出土的战国笔就是用兔毫制成的。它是将笔干一头劈开数片,把笔头插入后再用丝线紧扎而成。兔毫又分紫毫和花白两种。紫毫是取兔子背脊(又称箭毫)和尾巴上的毫毛制成,质软而毫健。花白比较挺利,不如紫毫柔软。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WauAdC68QoY44SxQzEYcZs7unmh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"B、狼毫笔这里的“狼”不是动物园里的那种狼,而是黄鼠狼。用黄鼠狼身上和尾巴上的毛制成的笔,弹性比兔毫笔稍软,比羊毫笔硬,只是质较脆,不耐摩擦。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XeWIde20Ao2icyxqWyScY2GbnPg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/56b010f09c8e4d548b5973a7102cdb4e","width":900},"text":"","id":"JUU6dcQQioGoayxARHrcF7etnnh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"C、鼠须笔是用老鼠的胡须做成,所以性能坚挺。相传东晋王羲之就是用鼠须笔写《兰亭序》的。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RQk2d4ygmoe4qexKNdycmbRLn9o"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"其他硬毫笔,如山马毫、石獾毫、猪鬃笔等,笔性特别坚硬,一般初学者尚未掌握运笔规律,不易选用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GEwQdkqayo6eg2xQ3lac3faqnwd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"软毫笔笔性柔软。软毫笔的弹性较小,较柔软。一般用羊毫、鸡毫、胎毫等软毫制成。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AgSEd62OcocQyCxoDBUcyWbynqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A、羊毫笔羊毫笔是用山羊毫制成,其性能软于紫毫笔,由于羊毫较细、较长,适宜于写大楷及擘窠大字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UacOdWcoMoWOAwx0KniczkN1nQf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"B、鸡毫笔鸡毫笔是用雄鸡前胸之毛制成,其性能软于羊毫。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SMqkd4IQwo2yEkxui7JcZNAKnvd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"C、胎毫笔胎毫是初生婴儿的头发,其性能极柔软。南朝","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"萧子云","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"就使用过胎毫笔,可见其历史之悠久。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AMSOdUMUMoa0IGxCYUec0isznxh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"D、兼毫笔笔性介于硬软毫之间。兼毫笔用硬毫、软毫集在一起,刚柔并济。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BuY2d0suYoEOukxyMCxcA28Snub"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GyG6d4KiWoKiCgx2Dl9cgspYnLe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"好的毛笔的要求:","id":""}],"text":"","id":"B4KQdg4MKoEaq2xUtwRcX9d3n5d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、笔毫聚合时,笔锋要能收尖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SIeQdYMkaos4o4xYR8CcNQDKncb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、将笔头沾水捏扁,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"笔端","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"的毛整齐无不齐现象。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NQauduaqSo42CSxOVzFcsO1FnTT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、笔肚周围,笔毫饱满圆润,呈圆锥状,不扁不瘦。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CSW4dUUEgoeEq2xK4udcZllnn63"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、笔毛有弹性,笔毛铺开后易于收拢,笔力要健。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"V6EYdmWUioEY26xqw8JcQ9wTnuc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KOWgd8wUEouoEUxmOHVcV2KAnnb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、墨汁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KqGsdYEKKo8uKuxoOrPcgknMno2"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":459,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bcdb693268bf4ffbbb9973730f7401f4","width":800},"text":"","id":"NWY4duaQAoW2iKxMTXecyn7anre"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"古人多是在写字前先磨墨,现在写书法多选用墨汁,写起来要简单省力很多,练字的墨汁和创作作品不同,可以按自己的经济情况,选择自己经济条件能够接受的墨汁即可,练习毛笔书法不是一朝一夕可以练习好的,所以墨汁也是一个消耗品。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Qg8sd2WIGou0yUxQfyjcOAN5nrc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、宣纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TskedmKUOowMCoxuG1pcZwdDnQg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":583,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d81bca46acce4aeb86d650faa20277e6","width":918},"text":"","id":"SEKod6CwooAQqkxISh6cPWCznTz"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习书法常用的是宣纸,宣纸大家在选择的时候要注意,宣纸分为生宣、熟宣、半生半熟宣纸,不同工艺制作而成的宣纸,写出来的效果也是不同的,初学者比较建议选择半生半熟的宣纸,比较适合书法的书写和练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TYgSdCCCcoGmiYxuE0bcwgWrn4g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、砚台","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AasGdmqgsoeKW4xWSgucnwzEnue"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":561,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/88bc6174435d42d987bd8d19cc1ebd6e","width":815},"text":"","id":"JU2edO84moGSACxmGFBcWLeYnXd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"砚台是用来盛放墨汁的,古代人是要用砚台来磨墨,可我们现在写书法基本用的都是墨汁,所以在砚台的选择上,我们可以选择带盖子及水槽的火锅砚,这样可以让我们的墨汁干得慢一些,不会照成不必要的浪费。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F4s2dGQU0o2uUgxemJXcvnTTnwg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"火锅砚中间部位是用来放墨汁的,外圈一圈是用来加水的,每次写完字后,直接用盖子盖好,这样可以减慢墨汁干硬的速度,方便我们下次使用,对于初学者每日练习书法还是很适用的,不需要每天去重新加墨汁,既帮我们节约了时间,也帮我们节约了墨汁,不会照成浪费。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J4OgdGqsQoYEsmxafEjcMtPLnGi"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、毛毡","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QosSdMs4coyuckx0QGyc8Sninpg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":568,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d0dfe944e8934de598058254bea288f0","width":900},"text":"","id":"ByIodKkAsoEgu2x47RgcSOktnDh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习毛笔书法,我们是用毛笔蘸取墨汁书写的,所以为了防止有墨汁透过纸弄脏桌子,所以建议大家配上一块毛毡,写字前先将毛毡铺在桌子上,然后再铺上宣纸练字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q86CdmcC0oieQUxM15xc9wZInYc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、镇纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XaECdEAuSo84a8xkpZvclvAPnEh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":580,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3297c330ea454b189dfe28d290ca01d0","width":855},"text":"","id":"SCm6dQYcUoE8Y4xCguYcvGMNnQe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"镇纸是我们在练习书法的时候,用来压住纸张,防止纸张晃动移位的,镇纸的材质也比较多,价格上差距也比较大,大家根据自己的喜好选择即可。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WscydOcmgoqw80xI1JBcfFHWnwc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、笔搁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GYmEdIS4ao4amsx0Esycrzh1nxg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":552,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bdf404146cd9499ba68e5e23f46fd795","width":604},"text":"","id":"CMiMdCQeuogU86xaKIUcH90Pnzh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔搁也叫笔托,我们在练习书法的时候,毛笔上是沾了墨汁的,这个时候你如果将毛笔放在桌子上,或者纸上,毛笔上的墨汁就会把桌子或者宣纸弄脏,所以我们要准备一个笔搁,在我们写累了,暂时不写的时候,将带着墨汁的毛笔放在笔搁上,给我们一个放笔的地方。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VuQ2dSCU8o6csYx8kOkcmgdInwb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、笔架","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MQeAdWy22owESExeEmtcx5zVndg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":605,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9490bd2d0cd849bab83b7a99a64ac6cb","width":581},"text":"","id":"Hqu6dWQ4ao4e0IxGPFDclwQnnDy"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔架是用来悬挂毛笔的,我们每天练习完书法,会将用过的毛笔清洗干净,为了下次使用起来方便,我们可以将毛笔挂在笔架上,这样我们下次书写的时候,就比较方便我们选择自己需要的毛笔了,笔架即是放置毛笔的支架,也是一种装饰摆件,大家可以根据自己的喜好来选择自己中意的笔架。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CmGgd8ueQo0ku4xUlmDcOmuZnuh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"9、字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CQc6dWMI8o2W4gx4gLUc7lpNnoe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":587,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/615d153a0ceb46f3912cbd0146d768f7","width":894},"text":"","id":"CsWydacmuoAiCoxMrBUcWzDDnBf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"字帖是我们练字临摹用到的模板,在选择字帖上大家可以根据自己的喜好来选择,每个人对于不同的书法字体的喜好都有所不同,所以大家可以根据自己的喜好来选择,我个人比较建议初学者从唐楷入手练习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WgKgdMAococUY0xEFEFcGA4Tnrh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学写毛笔书法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WOMUda6keoMMcUxaukKcVBoSnYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习书法首先要有一个正确的书写姿势,要求头正、身直、臂开、足安;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F4wUd6UWAoI8Aqx4vsZcXaV1n6f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"其次就是掌握正确的执笔方法,只有这样才能更好地学习书法。执笔方法的正确与否,直接关系到书写的效果,所以历代书家都很重视握笔姿势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"S8Ood4AaQocSQ8xs1Mic0rSHnCf"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PcgEdqgOooQqqYx024gcYRGDnJe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"现代学习书法所谓正确的握笔姿势指的是就是“五指握笔法”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Juq8dC2yioUQq6xYl7hcnpLinhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Tu8ed08QQoKMs0xKKf5crrDWnxd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":600,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f29467c0f2ad430195c460774c852b62","width":448},"text":"","id":"ZokIdkSgCoCAQwxgbrVcYe53nng"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"五指握笔法简单的说就是五个手指都有各自的用途。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XY8ydsKamoi0OYxc7xCcRwEynqe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"大拇指握笔时候应该起到一个按的力量,力的方向是食指和中指的中间部分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Bq6Ad6ameoSMkYxWm0AciHHin9b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"食指握笔的时候是起到了一个勾的力量,力的方向是大拇指方向。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OAwmdkKcioMsAOxSef0cYfyZned"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中指握笔第一二节包裹的笔管,三指其实就可以拿住笔了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FsC8dUuwooWMKEx25btcATQqnEh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"无名和小拇指起到的一个稳定扶住的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IKGOdWekKoaIgAxMH32c2Erzn4f"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VW0udKK88oyWQKxa0oqcCu1xnlg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们可以根据一套正确的握笔姿势图来学习一下拿毛笔时正确的握笔姿势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Gk6GdGIMwoCwmSxu6EJcXYWNnFh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":410,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/01a36340cc2944f9befabc6e104d57f2","width":779},"text":"","id":"XoCSdAqk6oGYO8xz7ntcbYBknnQ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1.右手伸开手掌,四指自然并拢,大拇指自然向上。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GUiMdKGo6oEwA2x6OtLc9fEanih"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":479,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5ad4329d83034b97b20e385ee028aa9a","width":809},"text":"","id":"HKMIdsq8Qo8eaKxgtkXcDKbdnef"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2.自然的将右手无名和小拇指进行弯曲,并中指食指,自然稍有弯曲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ScWEdK8YKoYqSExU7SbcNvW9nLc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":419,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f30af16138764f14b566034c3acee545","width":807},"text":"","id":"GaMAdsQYsoMgo8xWT2Mc8J1wnlb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3.左手拿笔直接放到中指和无名指处,垂直右手拿笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"O2Iud2EWaoCCa4xIJPecgPb8nqf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":451,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"握笔姿势图","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/3af16b1ba55b4005807154669ac8e283","width":806},"text":"","id":"Wew8dE4CUoOwKuxauSScQo7RnUe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4.大拇指按压笔管,感受上面我们我们讲的几个手指的作用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PkGadWs8wowQe2xQNTdcC4sonJd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"经常学习毛笔的话有几天的时间手指就会习惯拿笔的姿势,前期可能会有所不舒服,只要掌握好几个手指的位置和力量,稍加练习就学会了,以上就是拿毛笔时正确的握笔姿势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"D0o4dAecmoSyaKxKeVvckoDEnef"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CqOkdUIcaoaKMExeQAbc4VTVnUe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"初学毛笔书法,我们往往不知道从哪方面入手,怎么去学。不少人一开始就临摹字字帖,这当然可以,但没有领悟到书法的精髓。那么,对于初学毛笔书法,我建议要分五步来学。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"YQWEdCECSoyesoxaeWAcGdLPnP0"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第一步,首先学写“横”的笔画。横分为短、中、长三种,短横要粗,长横要细,中要匀。要把握横的起笔和落笔要领,也就是露锋和回锋(藏锋)的技巧。起笔要慢,走锋要匀,收笔要慢而有劲,不拖泥带水。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UaSidsEqgoQUSkxO69fcQwLfnZg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":510,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/60ff89311ab1426e8d349a7295496f75","width":726},"text":"","id":"Tg0gd2QU4o44uYxioZccTuNgnue"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RQ6mdMUWcoScaaxs3rxctDUMn3f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第二步,要学好“竖”的笔法,竖主要分为悬针竖和垂露竖,当然还有其他写法,如点竖等。竖的起笔绝大多数是逆锋运笔。关键是竖的收笔,悬针竖收笔如飞机离开跑道一样,轻轻收笔露尖。垂露竖侧行笔至末端轻轻回笔稍顿藏锋,如一个人走到路的尽头伸个懒腰再往回走。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XyosduocWoU6owxSqHbcAgQenRc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":541,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a9006238c2254e9799238928630ba796","width":801},"text":"","id":"XeSmdu0oAoaaYmxwRCKcdiHjnoh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第三步,要学好“点”的几种写法,点的写法一般分为左点、右点、长点。点的写法看似简单,实际很讲笔锋。有些是笔锋轻入重出,如右点、左点,要求起笔轻而细,收笔重而有形,就如打太极拳一样。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MOUedimkIoEUWcxo3IzcoRQenwf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":433,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c2a53ffbf6b04e928f6b8fc04de43f53","width":500},"text":"","id":"FG40d6gEioEe6axErFLcTLFVnaf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第四步,要注意横、竖、点的头尾比例,哪头大哪头小,做到心中有数,行笔才有形。另外,还要把握笔划之间的间隔和连接要领掌握好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AkoudsKOCo2e8ixY3IrcoTlwnFb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":504,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/ada7b6675149490397287344ff4c97f1","width":756},"text":"","id":"ASIcdyCycok8usxidUmcV9wnnRy"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"第五步,要把握字的偏旁部首的基础写法,基础不牢地动山摇。偏旁部首写好了,才能认真去领悟字体的结构,笔划少的字要浑厚方正,笔划多的字要精细雅致。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TIoWdiWIooCksgxc5D2c3faNnhb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":725,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2b4a342147f1425ab7c77f4f7d38f169","width":467},"text":"","id":"L0GMdUOmSoKMY4xYjSec1byBnXg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KQcKdOoMuoa4u0x6K1Hcup2gnNg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"熟悉结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"B0OEdiYu2o4awmxI0hIceKMynib"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"优美的结构也是书法艺术的核心,结构可以分为:主次、布白和变化三部分","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WMkAd6QW0oq6WixqS83cVjLJneh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、主次。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DEumdKukmowy0cx0mHGceCR5ngc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"任何事物都有主次之分,书法也讲究主次分明。一字之中总有一至三个突出的重点笔,这些笔画一般要求写得舒展挺拔,凸显整字精神,其他笔画要稍收敛一些。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ScUSdCkkoogk2axOao0c8go2nkb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DUgCdKeI6oMYqKx48CUcviFlnPd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"变化如同一片森林,找不到完全相同的两棵树,一棵树上找不到完全相同的两片树叶。书法上也要求有变化。如长短、轻重、粗细、大小、角度、快慢变化等,变则生。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Co0wdgkgGo0A2uxck5HcsjXWnHQ"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、布白。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WeUadOaW2ociE6xKS5McOQcNnWg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"布白均匀,一字之中笔画分布均匀,空间分割平均。篆刻中讲“分朱布白”、“计白当黑”,正是此意。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NAc8d8MyKo6aEUxQfa5cIoGAn0b"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HyweduW6aoGKQyxi8mIcIwUUnnf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学写字应先从楷书或隶书入手。掌握各种笔法后再学其它书体就有了基础。临帖是练好字的必需手段。不临帖,全凭自己想法随意写,是上不了路子的。学写毛笔字一定要有恒心与毅力,要持之以恒,戒骄戒躁,不能一曝十寒。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZS6kdO0QmoE8q8xOoXScTflHnjc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":516,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"临摹字帖","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/39b870a18ec7499c877565a2acbc17cf","width":730},"text":"","id":"OOGCdm6MeoI4IuxQt4dcAvTlnBc"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学好书法要点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FkIcdAOQUoimeOxK89Ycu47hnGh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、练眼","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LUOadEAEyogQi2xMRMPcY8i8nvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练眼即认真读帖,读帖是学习书法过程中的一种手段也是一种能力的培养。读的帖越多,眼力提高得就会越快,就知道了如何才写好,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"好在哪里?","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"眼高手低也是练不好字的,是因为他发现了美而不能通过手去表现,美也成了天方夜谭了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GY0ydaio8oQ0EAxFFl6cIHfTnns"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、练脑","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CSm2du6qaoeaEUxbR7CcXm2jnms"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"孔子曰:“学而不思则岡,思而学则殆”。我们在练字的时候,要深入观察,仔细分析古人的笔法与技法,把写得好的范字形体深深地刻在大脑里,无论何时,一旦提到这个字,马上就会想出生这个字在字帖上的形状,要做到脑中有字帖,胸有成竹,一挥而就。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KaG8daeOMo4YkAxuy8Fcj2CHnic"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、练手","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UeYYdsEImoeMEmx2f51ceVfNn3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"练字必须要心手合一,练手就要达到心手一致。练手同时也提高了眼力与脑力,还锻炼了手腕的发力及手威。练手感是让大脑去指挥手的灵活性与表现力,感觉到了笔便成了手的一部分,轻重快慢运用自如,写出你想要表达的效果。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TwOkdq2Uyow4SexSsmVcO4CNnEd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":226,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"学好书法要点","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b18b87981d5547b5b206cda4010d306e","width":400},"text":"","id":"EGoyduU62oUWo0xk9SHcyLU3nDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、练习章法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TAG4dYoEMoM0yex47AXcaBgWnkb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法讲究章法,注重章法之美,不同的布局,可以形成不同的艺术风格。如有的章法大小疏密,错落其间,如郑板桥的书体。有的章法行间茂密,左右映带。如王羲之的《兰亭序》。有的章法富于韵律,结构与意境之美。好的书法能给人一种美的享受。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LYsidKkIwoOw2Sxe4NMcDSoCnph"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"书法练习要有恒心,有毅力,要练好扎实在基本功。须知:一日练功一日功,一日不练十日空。在掌握了字体结构的基础上,可以选择自己喜欢的字体坚持不懈的练下去,轻易不要变换字体。因为一旦变换字体,又得从头练起。要学用结合,练写合一,很多人练字的时候写得很好,实际应用的时候不按照规范、瞎写一气,这们是永远练不好字的。练过的字平时用到了,应该写的像练时那样好,练一个用一个,在用中学,在学中用,学用结合才能练好字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ROgAdukGkoq6sgxWyqUcZpLCnce"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":1},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习硬笔书法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NwSudaiA4om0wYxkHgjce9VInsd"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"准备学习工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FQWqdWGQuomeSgxEhl3cyrbCnVb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬笔书法之所以叫作硬笔书法,就是因为它的书写工具不像毛笔那样笔头是软的,需要人们依靠强大的臂力,技巧来控制。它是坚硬的笔头,只需要通过一定的练习掌握书写技巧,就可以写出不错的汉字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ts2odqgESog44WxEfT5ciNzWnbg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"学习硬笔书法,常用的书写工具","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZmSMdE8gEoIiCExp4wRcz5yonml"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1 、笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"X20GdEoMsoKCw8xMt8GcpcKLnne"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬笔书法的书写工具包括钢笔、铅笔、圆珠笔等,多数人练字会选用钢笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VQKkdouQ2oSqICxaY1Icd6icnYb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KIoOdGogSoUwwGxN7KicNtkmnCO"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"工具介绍","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NEw8dmocIoiEImxYZjbcQWgGnhd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CckcdUuiAokoE8xicxMcTpbsnXf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":518,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"准备学习工具","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/500e9ac4a47b4fc8b88e716ff8106ad1","width":795},"text":"","id":"Fo0EdUaiMo88AExQLWycx5oUnNe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"铅笔作为硬笔书法书写工具的一种,其实是有着一些优势的,铅笔的主要成分是铅和石墨,这在物理特性上就让它有着可以擦除,重复书写的优势,尤其在启蒙教育、中小学教育中,铅笔是有着无可比拟的优势的。不单单这样,由于铅和石墨的混合,使得铅笔的书写体验很流畅,书写起来毫不费力,可以很轻松地达到自己想要的效果。所以铅笔是比较适合初学者练习的。但铅笔的缺陷是易折断、易褪色。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HOcwdCcKgoQeCmxslvxcrDwxnEe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢笔","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Piemdi8uSo6s0GxMbTDcYmHmnOf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":589,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"准备学习工具","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/5f2e8059863b46f8abffd2ccd635ab15","width":894},"text":"","id":"FsWOd4eSeoSqI6x2JElcjnElnee"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"钢笔的优点也很多,也是比较适合练字的。钢笔练字能体现力度和笔锋,可以顿笔、收笔,还能写出接近毛笔的效果来。但钢笔价格较高、蓄墨比较麻烦、携带不便等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AacAdoc4coK0CEx4fAtcHphKnOf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"刚开始练字的时候可以先使用铅笔,练习控笔的技巧,到一定程度后再转而开始使用钢笔练字。使用铅笔时,一定要削好铅笔,铅笔不要削得太尖也不要太粗。刚刚削好的铅笔如果太尖就在废纸上轻轻划几下,如果写粗了,可以转动铅笔,换个方向写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SM2Qd6iwsoicUqxG4AgckKcAnqc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"不介意使用中性笔,中性笔书写时需要有一个下压的力量,这会导致学习运笔动作时多了一个影响因素。同时中性笔出锋靠的是压力变化,这也导致学习者的习惯在硬笔中并不通用。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q4agdU6qeo6EwkxaOq5cU5FCnze"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2 、纸","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HEq8dgkc6oAeW6xcvsacwGsFngd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"纸张包括一般复印纸、专用硬笔书法纸、格子纸,纸张的选择原则是不渗纸为佳,有时候在购买硬笔纸张时,用钢笔写字就会有洇墨的现象,可先试试。格子纸是厂家印刷好的,方便书写。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TioGduYmEoeWIsxWaAccKZ1PnNb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬笔书法入门,方格纸作为入门练字纸最为恰当,同时,蒙肯纸书写性能最具有通用性且价格低廉,所以建议使用方格蒙肯书法练习纸。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"G4cWdeQAUoyyMGxMN64c5gS1n8g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3 、墨水","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Y6amdMECWom64gxF0fRcWn1XnfB"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"德国笔都可以用凌美T52,福林812也可以用鸵鸟墨水。至于彩墨,戴阿米等如雷贯耳。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OMoGdw44Eoy0mqx2FqAcYlrjnqL"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4 、书法垫","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VkCmdyQEMoOOuOxkDWsc54xcnwh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硅胶硬笔书法垫,有助于保持纸面平整和良好的写感。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E6scdUyEcouOucx4euwcP6O3nlc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5 、字帖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"H6gAd0OqyoaqCixeINvclxCJn0O"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我一贯主张根据个性选择字帖。不过入门时候,不外乎三种选择:卢中南楷书基础,赵孟頫道德经,文征明草堂十志。文征明的字笔法简单,套路清晰,更容易入门。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WkCmdkws2oI8oUxWkBTcX0ftndg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":692,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"准备学习工具","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/62bf4df846aa4a69830df37c3b809641","width":710},"text":"","id":"CgQ2dYCCsoyQaSxEovEcv3arn1d"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":2},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"学写硬笔书法","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LqCcd0oSAoMequxwLnIcePGGnVh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"硬笔书法具有广泛的群众基础,哪怕是一个小学生,在初学写字时都要按照一定的规则进行硬笔书法的学习和训练,因为这不仅是一个人的“门面”,更是学生的“卷面分”。下面介绍下如何才能在零基础的情况下,写好硬笔字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EamydiimMoo6U8xGM9vc4kM5nvg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FS86dIaOQoGouexuSUdcOkexnbd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的握笔姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VYi4dWiSEoSAomxcnI7cHDq4n5b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的握笔姿势,用右手的拇指、食指的指肚和中指的侧面分别从三个不同方向捏住笔杆的下端,使之形成合力。无名指和小指自然弯曲,手腕轻贴桌面,以形成安稳的“支撑点”。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Iew4dAWiQoscYMxkHM8c9vuBnlf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的执笔步骤是,四点执笔→两指捏紧→形如鸡蛋。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"P8uedOAUgoKukyxYHE9czS5nnKe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的握笔方法,笔杆放在拇指、食指和中指的三个指梢之间,食指在前,拇指在左后,中指在右下,食指应较拇指低些,手指尖应距笔尖约3厘米。笔杆与作业本保持六十度的倾斜,掌心虚圆,指关节略弯曲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Asg8dmKcGoq2SUxyeSDcIK6Bnbb"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":309,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9aeef25205c34a1b8981a5b8b1008d90","width":807},"text":"","id":"FIIkdqoeKoiUmSxILEocH19YnOg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":416,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d35c114423a24b379f5492efc276307a","width":788},"text":"","id":"N6CUd48I4oGw4gxAJnXckuiynlf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":416,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d35c114423a24b379f5492efc276307a","width":788},"text":"","id":"N6CUd48I4oGw4gxAJnXckuiynlf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":412,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/654b84f6fba74caf81a6fd6f55481148","width":809},"text":"","id":"FgS0dYSa2ooWCsxwTzVc2HknnTb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":412,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/654b84f6fba74caf81a6fd6f55481148","width":809},"text":"","id":"FgS0dYSa2ooWCsxwTzVc2HknnTb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":404,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9394e84d866d4b0d97a9a1f39d542b39","width":806},"text":"","id":"DmAOdeqSmoqeiAxwxEkcwu8YnDf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":404,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9394e84d866d4b0d97a9a1f39d542b39","width":806},"text":"","id":"DmAOdeqSmoqeiAxwxEkcwu8YnDf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":410,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/64b3235bbb0346beaa60d03a6edfc205","width":806},"text":"","id":"Qw8gdKWwOoiAcYxW1bmcNpEJn7w"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":410,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/64b3235bbb0346beaa60d03a6edfc205","width":806},"text":"","id":"Qw8gdKWwOoiAcYxW1bmcNpEJn7w"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":377,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f7e35e38951d41498f906a74ec8a9ec2","width":796},"text":"","id":"C26wdCUWUooY86xwo96cMgYUnVD"}],"text":"","id":"T2yCdQgakoQMu2xSCjvcvupVnMf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"如果幼儿握笔方法不正确,握笔太低,不仅写字时手容易疲劳,还会因握笔太低挡住视线,因而是扭身歪头,引起坐姿不良、眼与物距离过近。笔是孩子学习的必需用具。孩子主要用铅笔写字,握笔的方法和写字的姿势是否正确,和笔杆的长短也有一定关系。笔杆太短,为了能看得清楚,只好低歪着头、扭着身子写字。因此,当铅笔用到原长的1/2时,应加笔帽,以增加其长度。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T2yCdQgakoQMu2xSCjvcvupVnMf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BUqCdwycYoykOqxy0Ywc0AeMnhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"常见的错误执笔姿势","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KOKCdMiKeoaUQyx08jocskVbnXh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、抱拳锄地、书写费劲。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SkSydgwA6o0eqcxOWavcSg8gnsh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":377,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/2bc3e71cead24336b5eba6bb30418891","width":786},"text":"","id":"Ik2edgIOwoc8EsxeaVccGMnenfg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、虎口执笔、动作僵硬。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XCQ2dWGigoYAwSxwDjFcXm00nLe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":433,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/edaa337dc8ca4b1e9ab6486be95407a9","width":793},"text":"","id":"Zmu0dUE0qoWqmKxeSZrcEyy9nNf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、四指捏笔、运笔吃力。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ReIkdS80Uow66GxmYejcI0Ysnqg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/340b5bf4445b4c1889a9dd5785df374b","width":801},"text":"","id":"W8QedM6gmooiWOxElo4cdVMbnkg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、勾腕执笔、运转不灵。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NuWadue0Qoq4K0xYPw0cGQ7CnOd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":425,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c01951ce50be475a9cf4e57e8635a2aa","width":763},"text":"","id":"TKEAdKCwKo4cqOxwFl0cV2lCnQ6"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的写字姿势:身体坐正,两腿自然平放,头和上身稍向前倾,胸部离桌子一拳,两臂平放在桌面。右手执笔写字,左手按纸,纸要放正。要配备高矮合适的桌椅。当写字时,首先注意姿势,然后再纠正错误姿势。只要持之以恒,一定能掌握正确的执笔方法和写字姿势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ViIYd28qqoegiQxiANAcRHMxnxh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":489,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"正确的姿势","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f2f33db2ca4143b7a194e33e40a1541b","width":725},"text":"","id":"OuMOdqOgKoIAGUxULHLcNElgnug"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Mqk8dcuGGoyEAexe41bcsgiHnMh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"笔画是汉字组成的基本要素,不懂得基本笔画的形状、形态和行笔方法,就根本不能谈论书法,要想把字写得美观,写好笔画是前提。汉字笔画有横、竖、撇、捺、点、钩、提、折八种基本笔画,另外还有组合笔画,书写时一定要用心观察笔画的角度及长短变化,练好基本笔画,汉字也就写好了一半。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LmSOdOOmComCMYxuIwZczTLYnRh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":" ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"MIaQdcEs0oAIOuxwEMvcqOhGnQC"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RsGodUY82oi4EsxcHs1crqChn1g"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"点像一个水滴,但它不是画出来的,而是写出来的。轻笔入纸后,逐渐加重力量向右下写去,最后在收笔时重压下去,会形成“水肚”,一个点的形状就出来了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"C0mUdieIGoqCQoxmMaDcFFYuned"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"注意,写点的时候有三个步骤,一是轻入纸,二是向右下行,三是重收笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KoGWdQw4GoKiAcxIPeOc4cmcnSg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"点是汉字最基本的笔画之一,它可以出现在汉字的上下左右,里外边角各个部位,其方向有向左、向右、向上、向下等。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BK8odqE8coeskSxU55Jc3N87n1d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"我们要学习和掌握6种点的写法:斜点、垂点、撇点、上下点、相向点、相背点。 ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q0Wkdq4yIo2gWyxe81Gc7ol5nwe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、斜点:空中落笔,向右下运笔,至末端顿笔收笔,略带斜势。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TQm8dkq02o6sOYxsZ7QcBkjPnNd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":900,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/4b8de576e90a4115a76bcba2d996731c","width":900},"text":"","id":"V4qAdaqUqo4QkkxsTYucy4whnvg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、垂点:空中落笔,向左下运笔,至末端顿笔回收。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DkIEds8w6oaoIqxSYmCcP71aned"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":798,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7634b92450a94d728c3a926f6d30c7e8","width":798},"text":"","id":"VmkidKgEqocCUyxgDJzcExlynOd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、撇点:起笔后下按,稍顿,向左下撇出。注意起笔至撇出要果断轻盈,用力渐弱,一气呵成。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Yq2odwawgoSG4Ixqea7cKKpln4e"},{"type":"imageList","children":[{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":636,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/30889e734121403b9b8a27c9f61e1be1","width":636},"text":"","id":"LGoAdMUSGoyW8sx6kizcrTkHnxh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":660,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d4326e9d37ee4b9ea817556b156b51dc","width":660},"text":"","id":"V4EudU6SWo420CxCwErcr3r1nwc"}],"text":"","id":"LkAqdIeocoamAGxCMSocIvPgnhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、上下点:写法同斜点,由上下两点组成,上点小,下点大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LkAqdIeocoamAGxCMSocIvPgnhb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":522,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/69d496f8665648f5b6cac6fb04768029","width":522},"text":"","id":"W6ccdmMcAouWIox8atMcLidjnqb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LqEEdueweoKaOKxc5gNcWLvYnWf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":552,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/d08a3731a2fe4ed2beaace7530dc8f35","width":552},"text":"","id":"HImadM4CaoQySCxuCBpc8s0Jn3e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Og2cd4WCooyEaExQjS1cRLmXnTe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、相向点:一般用于字头,右点的起点要高于左边的点。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QAUGdM0KYoo2kGx0WJmcRzkwn0g"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":888,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e0edeadd27704994815402b916cec9f9","width":888},"text":"","id":"Be0kdCECQocm2AxuIU7c4OyMnid"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IYQidyYQgoW4Iyx27FycPr3ynHb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":672,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7e83947f1f8545dd925788688612886c","width":672},"text":"","id":"F4OYd0mcOoMMmyxEDh8clegcnUc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZQS8demyMoAOCQxY19DckOMRnNc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、相背点:一般用于字底,起笔要平齐,落笔左点高右点低。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XQQedCiccok8MCxuowacsjsnnxc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":820,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/91163352544a458d8543905ac1ae0e55","width":820},"text":"","id":"DYuIdUqESogiiIxwtmKcpcfDnfh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TkqudUae0omaEYxmyHnc67acnpf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":816,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/0c80ba74387c47679fbe10a873e1ed15","width":816},"text":"","id":"FYKydmYMoo0qaExuUW1cwsIKnFe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FAoKdAs8Eoqq2gxGIytcKG01nTb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"以上就是基本笔画的六个点画,在练习的时候一定要注意用笔的轻重缓急,沉稳坚定。要想写得好还得勤加练习哦!","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Ye4Odu0YeoGCCIxAAxecDbKsnKm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"横画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"F6wgdoUMIog0EKxg8BTchLOknri"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"横 是我们写字中最常见,写的最多的基本笔画之一。横有六种横,长横,中横,短横,左尖横,右尖横。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LyuGdyMEeoc84qxEbpCcpx7TnQb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"横画在起笔时先要顿笔入纸,再向右方行笔,最后收笔时,再顿一下,形成收笔状态。注意,横画的姿态并不是水平平直的,而是要向右上方倾斜一点角度才好看。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OII0dYOysoKsmwxgfvQcte2Anzf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“长横”的写法:下笔稍重,然后向右上方行笔,行笔时轻轻提起,收笔时重按一下,让笔画变重些,这样看起来显得平稳。“横平竖直”不是说横要水平,而是看上去要平稳的意思。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QOiudgmQsoqk4Sx4t1vcrmS3nLf"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":237,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/7e9e7d1b90da433e9f308d53e61a86f2","width":571},"text":"","id":"EEKedceGOoQqcex0BBXcdf66ncf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"“短横”的写法:短横有两种不同的写法,一种下笔稍按后向右上行笔,粗细变化不大;一种是入笔较轻,向右上行笔时逐渐加重收笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SOAUdykemoO0ecxgBOacVc5an2d"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":244,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/b8cc808125cb4fcf94580fbe430d9c33","width":532},"text":"","id":"Leg2dUSEqoe8cYxGT3Bc7NnWnEC"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"中横的写法,比长横短,但比短横长。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UW44d6MOeo6wymxovdnc8A8Bnve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"斜横,笔画长度跟长横一样,但笔画往右上方倾斜,且角度大。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QqiedCcwuoAcU4xQHyXcIMHmnZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"左尖","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"横,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"笔画左尖右粗。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K8Umdu8gwogaKQxI3X7cl38PnQh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":483,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/bdd025acbeb341e58a3f33eb0341f550","width":458},"text":"","id":"Vg4qd6YYaoca8AxU1jNcwDENnOh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"右尖横,","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"笔画左粗右尖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Q0qEdO62coCYMkxrEwzc6lnwnni"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KMmGdiUkUoU2gex0Ewicrls1nte"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"竖画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Y6a2deamqoKg8qxYhVac3cR9nUh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"竖画的写法","id":""},{"type":"text","text":":","id":""},{"type":"text","text":"竖画分为两种,一种是悬针竖,另一种是垂露竖。这两种竖画的起笔写法都是相同的,顿笔入纸,垂直向下行笔,在收笔时,悬针竖要逐渐提笔,使笔尖走在笔画的中间,最后形成像针尖一样的状态,而垂露竖在收笔时不提笔,保持同样的力量大小,收笔处回一下笔锋即可。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ZM4Qdw4oKosoiSxkqVicLptEnnb"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":580,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/cc24b2df78e44ef28c970dce299fa81e","width":803},"text":"","id":"QoGGduow6o6GC4xDgHUcFhUtnkH"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"撇捺画的写法:这两个笔画写法是一样的,只不过姿态方向不一。撇画是顿笔入纸后,向左方由重到轻行笔,直到收笔时形成一个尖的形状,捺画是轻笔入纸,逐渐加重,最后收笔时要顿一笔,再向右外方由重到轻送出笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"BMkqdSMGqosQMwxMzPmcHrIJnOd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"撇有斜撇、短撇、竖撇之分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SWGSdYm8ooQUuaxuSnUci2Xyn1b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"斜撇:斜撇的写法是,下笔稍重,由重到轻向左下行笔,收笔时出尖","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QkQUdYeMUoQAaWxArMCcbz5enyg"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":150,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/50e139ae66294936a7c13d56d9174e44","width":792},"text":"","id":"TK4edgge4oS4C0x2pAQcFmMRn2f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"短撇:短撇写法同斜撇,只是笔画较短。短撇在字头出现时,笔画形态较平(也有叫做平撇的),如“千、反、禾、后、丢”等字;短撇和撇点有时可以互换,特别是在字的左下部位出现时,往往写成撇点,如“真、典、只”等字。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LYOQdMkuioOuQcx484ucGjz8n9c"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":143,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/715315c9e8aa436e84226c515bfca49f","width":795},"text":"","id":"YWswdUOQYoUi0IxcC4zcjnbFnBn"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"竖撇:竖撇下笔稍重,由重到轻向下行笔,行至撇的长度三分之二处,向左下撇出,收笔时出尖。带风字头的字(如风、凤、凰、凡等)的竖撇弧度更大,需注意区别。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DyEad8ueEoyM8sxXEhHcJURnnkY"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":147,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/83ce4daee65e422282b25fd0bed951fd","width":791},"text":"","id":"WYeMdWA4KoYmKkxg1pgcMXIknWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"捺有斜捺和平捺之分。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DY0EdcumYoCAeGxMBIjcGVKYnsg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"斜捺:下笔较轻,向右下由轻到重行笔,行至捺脚处重按笔,然后向右水平方向由重到轻提笔拖出,收笔出尖。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ImoYd6QSSoucKKxmq5wcpkCfnme"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":151,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/00ec88123f314bfab6941946c20fa8b8","width":799},"text":"","id":"B604dE4WEoyoKexUv1zcZY0snYg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"平捺:写法同斜捺,但下笔时先要写一小短横,然后再向右下方向行笔。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GkSad4MwUoi22ExzqQYcaMCinb1"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":147,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"练习笔画","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/a4bf18b1a2d64db59728ff3d37928e13","width":794},"text":"","id":"T6mydowkwoCWwIxIrOccgglinCd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Qq0Ed6cs8ocA0kxRrZsciC2cnMZ"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WA68dym4ioGgISx8v5ycgKi3ndb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在有了一定字形基础后,可逐渐向复杂字形延伸学习。因为汉字间架结构非常多,包括上下结构、上中下结构、左右结构、左中右结构、独体字等等,其训练原则是由易到难、由简单到复杂的顺序来学习。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HKWidMgaWoWGEExIv2McpxW8ned"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"具体结构分析","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LAuOduGycoYQUmxklzeclt8Hn7e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"一、上、下结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"ISeqdaKsuoew2cx2hyhcZBljnZe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"剧有主角配角、画有近景远景,字有主笔和次笔。上下结构由两部分组成,我们要分析出来主笔和次笔,主笔也就是伸展笔画,是在上部还是下部,上下结构的字伸展笔画一般只讨论横向伸展。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AqUcd4cW8o44y0xUxmRcEhz5n4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"上下结构主笔原则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"IowedyGIIocOiAxKqn1cSRTtnCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"横向伸展笔画相排斥,上下两部分只能有一处伸展笔画,要么上宽下窄,要么上窄下宽。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GQ0EdQOaYou8Q8xo7cgcFUmFn7e"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A、上下部有横向伸展笔画,以下部伸展优先。如图A","id":""}],"text":"","id":"KAE4dUG8goasGOxagpxco89mnSc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"B、下部没有横向笔画,上部有横向笔画,让上部伸展。如图B","id":""}],"text":"","id":"E0I2dcUkKoIG2GxUdmBcnMminYT"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"C、上下部都没有横向笔画,保持字体固有形态。如图C","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Uwk2d4yOioAOQmxo3mpc7QDmnMd"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":144,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的结构","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/f972276860de4b18ba9120c59a457e38","width":700},"text":"","id":"LGgWdIqiMoW6MSxchpfctPk1n4d"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"伸展类型","id":""}],"text":"","id":"K86odEgWaoiCguxiMTVcZvzUnLd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A、不变得偏旁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"CO6gdQwuWo0ouWxC2wZcXTdqnQg"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"伸展笔画始终伸展。如下图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GIW4dsCcEoaCCMxMLxzcquZBnMh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":679,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的结构","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/05c2e51959b7479dadcaaf0d4242e940","width":684},"text":"","id":"PCcod8MGwoekSuxWBwVc7ekzn20"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"B、变化得偏旁","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QsgWdqMMioYIICx6Nb0c8Q5anfd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"a 、位置不变,随其他笔画变化而变化。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"AG60dsKKMosewcxeqp8cqvwHnJc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"下部有伸展笔画,以下部伸展笔画优先。如下图","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EiI6dGSgYoe0yexwfQmcLbIknMc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":871,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的结构","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/198c6a80b0cd4d74b2dbd6bb43e25008","width":641},"text":"","id":"J2gkdEuI4oGQacxym0yczUzEnef"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"b、位置变化(伸展笔画不同)","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GiEYdi4EAoYUMwxoFOlctLYjnTe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":" ","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NcECds4O0ommmAxkZjNcUei8nig"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":533,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的结构","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/8637c456f31547d8bf81a4e0696408b3","width":656},"text":"","id":"CUUKdwgKyoEEiOxemNvctWwmnRh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"T0MOd8GIcoKC6oxVMJHccuCjnkd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"二、左右结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OKysdgUkAoUA86xwPizcMaIBnec"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、在现代汉字中,左右结构的字占65%左右,左右结构的字以抑左扬右(左收右放)的原则。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EOWCdgSwwooqowxaSfEcMmDqnIb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、伸展原则","id":""}],"text":"","id":"QIMgdgmeYoSesaxGAnkcpQqcnIf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"A、左右有横定收缩。如图A","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LkOYdU2auoiE0Qx8MhlciaqlnHb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"B、左右有竖(非贯通整个字的竖画)定伸展。如图B","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Lww4da8Moo4ECkxqmNOcLeg2n2b"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"C、左右都有纵向伸展笔画,右部伸展优先。如图C","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FCoOdeIi8oisqIxkojSc2lqlngb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"D、左右都有横,右部伸展优先。如图D","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W26SdGw60oC06CxCuL9cLNBYn7b"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":301,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字的结构","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/e9fb57cc01664b0585c8c94dbbf93061","width":632},"text":"","id":"NK4WdyI4MoeAcSxaIxmcoSJLnOd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UwkCdiyc4oqkq4xyG03cLjSBn7f"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"三、独体字结构","id":""}],"text":"","id":"DYwKdIIWCo6aECxuYIvcK2XQnDd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"独体字太多不一一讲解,总的原则是","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Xw2QdQocwoqGWixqMx0c4KGZnIh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、左收右放","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EG8IdUqaSoso4wxU1WrcBMqDnXN"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、找准伸展笔画","id":""}],"text":"","id":"VGSWdkMAeoKiAixMr8fcKVLGnfm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、讲究黑白平衡,就是字笔画的平衡和留白的平衡。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"XcOCdSAo2oyKaGxqI9scqP6Envc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"JmYedEmeIoueeuxwIs0cpJ8dnqb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"汉字间结构规律","id":""}],"text":"","id":"UKakdSE6koKuaCxembscpKyQnxf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、整齐端正,中心平稳;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"TcYQdMa8ioK8o8xefracIsMZnhb"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、笔画匀称,疏密得宜;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"S2Y0dUeuAo2QOExM9Ffc7Giinie"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、比例恰当,形态自然;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HWgedG2OCoIgMYxm4JWcraidnve"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"4、点画呼应,气势连贯;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"NomAdSEkqoIUeSxKc2yc4Vennye"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"5、笔画避就,偏旁迎让;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"P62MdaUU8ooSsqxKqt5csd1Wn6E"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"6、俯仰有致,向背分明;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"LOQCdSqSeoiuYWxqgx5cQlHMnXm"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"7、中宫收紧,主画舒展;","id":""}],"text":"","id":"W4CidCW2koSEc2xqkJOcD3jRnHd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"8、同画异写,同形求变。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OCeqd6uCcoCI4AxZTtncdcKEnBd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"GiyYdEgCwoeMsGxU1fRc736Inwg"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"单字训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"WoYsdGmIsoQsyMxKCjGcMIVxnAe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"在进行单字练习时,应当本着由易到难的原则进行。先选择一些简单书写的、笔画少的字来练习,如“口”、“木”、“三”、“交”、“永”等,它们中间既有笔画组合,也是字形训练的基础。练习时主要采取精准临摹为佳,许多人在学习初期采用描红的方法,值得推荐给入门学习者。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"J2Gwdy0IgomOuGxYp1fchfTMnpc"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":400,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"单字训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/03dab82e333d4f039f5d97396c00930e","width":400},"text":"","id":"MO8Md6S44o4oUYxWILTcIoFlnCe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FyAUdyWMgo8IOoxg3iHcVg12nvh"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法训练","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Fe8WdoEQWoOoCAx6Sxuc9gugnob"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法就是硬笔书法的作品形式安排,例如如何写一首唐诗的硬笔书法作品,就要涉及到行、列字数、行数、列数的安排,其主要原则是:排列整齐、行列对齐。正文与落款要符合书法的基本要求。尤其是在落款时,要写上年月和姓名,有印章的话,也要盖上印章最好,这就是一幅完整的书法作品了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"V4GAdMiEMoSWIuxaq8xc7S2ZnNe"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"章法训练时,可借鉴或临摹其他人的作品,等自己熟练了以后,再逐步过渡到自己的创作中。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"FkIqdKoSwoGs6uxQNVicnZh4nqf"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"总之,硬笔书法入门最困难的是要过临摹关,这个时期是打基础的阶段,只有把这个基础打牢靠了,后面的书写才会形成良好的习惯,进入到书写或创作中就不再困难了。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RyGudSygIoc22QxgTDncYTJPnCe"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":438,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"章法训练","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/9230a951c7504ddd8ebf0148330d0785","width":790},"text":"","id":"CAKwdQECCoeCk8x4Uf6c0s9HnRc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"OQIIdmO2Aok2ioxYJxYcnLRynPb"},{"type":"heading","attrs":{"level":3},"children":[{"type":"text","text":"写好书法要点","id":""}],"text":"","id":"Toogd4O4EoIUE4xKANqcbGCmn43"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"PwCSduqcQoMC8AxYrGgcLoWznNd"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"1、明确目的, 端正态度,下定练好字的决心。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"EAYwd6M2Eo8yEAx0ajtczbijnWc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要充分认识练字的重大意义,树立想学、愿学、刻苦学好的信心,排除思想障碍,坚决改正不良的书写习惯。如果认为写字好坏无关紧要,当然就不会认真学。如果单凭兴趣去学,也往往会一遇到困难, 就松懈下来,半途而废。所以,立志是写好字的前提。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"SyYMdm02so8ogUxOuCTc9ZannZc"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"2、培养兴趣,增强信心。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RWUqdwwwKoCgaAxoDftc45LJnrh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"要学好一门知识或技术,首先要喜欢它,要有兴趣。兴趣有先天的,也有后天培养起来的。要培养一个人的兴趣,关键在于要有培养这种兴趣的条件。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"RC2udukoqogS8QxwX3OccYHcnHh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"3、勤加练习,熟能生巧。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"X2EEdEOAyo88KSxSEMHcDuYInCh"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"时间充裕的时候可多做些大幅的临摹练习或是创作,零散的时间可做些个别难字的练习,没有笔和纸的情况下可以做“划地划被”(以枝条为笔在地面上书写)和“书空”练习(用手指在空中默写临摹过的范字)。总之,只有多加练习,自己的书法才能写的好。","id":""}],"text":"","id":"X0YsdEksgoKEKExyEHScnViHnmh"},{"type":"image","attrs":{"height":315,"note":[{"type":"text","text":"写好书法要点","id":""}],"url":"{{image_domain}}tos-cn-i-qvj2lq49k0/c67f4a83f42f45f581fed263ab9b620c","width":560},"text":"","id":"FCqwdcIaooCk8kxibOQcPSy6n7Y"},{"type":"paragraph","children":[{"type":"text","text":"","id":""}],"text":"","id":"HkMedusSeoa84gxSUhDcQOLYnCb"}]%3C%2Fhowto_content%3E

还没有评论,来说两句吧...